Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing...

49
Report of the Committee on Fire and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment (FAF~AAC) Technical Correlating Committee Richard M. Duffy, Chair Int'l Assn. of Fire Fighters, DC [L] Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Fighters Wayde B. Miller, Secretary, Jacksonville Beach, FL [M] Rep. Compressed Gas Assn./Mine Safety Appliances Co. Thomas G. Augherton, Safety Equipment Inst., VA [RT] Dennis W. Browner, Scott Aviation, NC [M] Rep. Industrial Safety Equipment Assn. Robert F. Dahl, DuPont Sprnance Plant, VA [M] Robert A. Freese, Globe Mfg. Co., NH [M] William L. Grilliot, Morning Pride Mfg. Co., OH [M] Rep. Fire and Emergency Mfrs. and Services Assn. Inc. Virgil Hathaway, San Diego Fire Dept., CA [U] Rep. Southern Area Fire Equipment Research James S. Johnson, Lawrence Livermore Nat'l Labs, CA [RT] Cy Long, Texas Commission on Fire Protection, TX [E] DavidG. Matthews, United Kingdom Fire Brigades Assn., England [SE] ReD. Int'l Standards Organization Jim Minx, Oklahoma State Firefighters Assn., OK [C] Ted Putnam, USDA Forest Service, MT [E] ¢effrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc., TX [SE] ank P. Taylor, Lion Apparel Inc., OH [M] Robert D. Tutteruw, Charlotte Fire Dept., NC [U] Rep. Fire Indusu-y Equipment Research Organization, Bruce H. Varner, City of Carrollton Fire Dept., TX [U] Rep. Int'l Fire Service Training Assn., Tricia VogeIpohl, Springs Industries, Inc., SC [M] Harry Winer, U.S. Navy, MA [RT] Thomas L. Wollan, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT] Alternates Leslie Anderson, U.S. Forest Service, MT [E] (Alt. to T. Putnam) Janice C. Bradley, Industrial Safety Equipment Assn., VA [M] (AIt. to D. W. Browner) Robert H. Chiostergl, Southern Mills Inc., GA [M] (AIt. to T. Vogelpohl) Nicholas J. Curtis, Lion Apparel, Inc., OH [M] (Alt. to F. P. Taylor) Patricla A. Freeman, Globe Mfg. Co., NH [M] (Alt. to P,. A. Freese) Patrlcia A. Gleason, Safety Equipment Inst., VA [RT] (Alt. to T. G. Augherton) William M. Lambert, Mine Safety Appliances Co., PA [M] (.Mt. to W. B. Miller) Bob Montgomery, Celanese Corp., NC [M] (Alt. to IL F. Dahl) Daniel P. Ryan, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT] (Alt. to T. L. Wollan) Nonvoting Don IL Forrest, United Firefighters of LA City, CA [L] Bryan C. Helrston, Oklahoma City Fire Dept., OK [L] Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Fighters Richard Mangan, USDA Forest Service, MT [RT] James S. Nee, ARFF Working Group, PA [U] Rep. Aircraft Rescue & Fire Fighting Working Group Kirk H. Owen, Piano Fire Dept., TX [U] Rep. NFPA Fire Service Section Ray F. Reed, Dallas Fire Dept., TX [U] Committee Scope: This Committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on the design, performance, testing, and certification of protective clothing and protective equipment manufactured for fire and emergency services organizations and personnel, to protect against exposures encountered during emergency incident operations. This Committee shall also have the primary responsibility for documents on the selection, care, and maintenance of such protective clothing and protective equipment by fire and emergency services organizations and personnel. Technical Committee on Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment (FAE-HAZ) Bryan C. Helrston, Chair Oklahoma City Fire Dept., OK [L] Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Fighters Jan Dunbar, Secretary Sacramento Fire Dept., CA [U] Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Chiefs Bill Alexander, Bata Shoe Co., MD [M] David W. Berry, Hazmat TISI School of Occupational Safety & Health, MD [U] ffrey B. Borkowski, New York City Fire Dept, NY [U] try Bove, Mine Safety Appliances, PA [M] Rep. Industrial Safety Equipment Assn. an~es L. Daneker, Los Angeles City Fire Dept., CA [U] e G. DeHate, Hillsborough County Fire Rescue, FL [E] GeraldJ. Disidn, Kodak Fire Dept, NY [U] Catherine IL Dodgen, Intertek Testing Services NA Inc., NY [RT] Patricia A. Gleason, Safety Equipment Inst., VA [RT] Daniel Gohlke, W. L.Gore & Assoc., MD [M] William G. Hatch, Los Angeles County Fire Dept., CA [U] Glenn P.Jirka, University of Missouri Fire & Rescue Training Inst., MO [SE] hn D. Langley, Kappler Safety Group, Inc., AL [M] nneth A. Pever, Guardian Mfg. Co., OH [M] Jack R. Pryor, City of Piano Fire Dept., TX [U] _Mar Ruutopold, Chemfab Corp., NH [M] Daniel P. Ryan, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT] John.]. Schramko, Trelleborg Viking, Inc., NH [M] Mel Seng, Norcross Safety Products, IL [M] Jack W. Simon, Nat'l Environmental Education & Training Center, Inc., PA [SE] Rep. Laborers - AGC Education and Training Fund/Emergency Mgmt. Agency Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc., TX [SE] Richard W. Thomas, TRI/Environmental, Inc., TX [RT] Charles Turner, Halliburton Energy Services, OK [U] Robert West, Texas Instruments, TX [U] fames P. Zeigler, E. I. duPont deNemours and Co., Inc., VA [M] ichael Zisld' "n, Field Safety Corp., CT [RT] Alternates John J. Fanning, NewYork City Fire Dept., NY [U] (Alt. to J. B. Borkowski) Kimberly Henry, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT] (Air. to D. P. Ryan) Brian Lyons, Kappler North America, AL [M] (Alt. to J. D. Langley) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on protective clothing and protective equipment, except respiratory protective equipment, that provides hand, foot, torso, limb, and head protection for fire fighters and other emergency services responclers during incidents that involve hazardous materials operations. These operations involve the activities of rescue; hazardous material confinement, containment, and mitigation; and property conservation where exposure to substances that present an unusual danger to responders are present or could occur due to toxicity, chemical reactivity, decomposition, corrosiveness, or similar reactions.Additionally, this committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on the selection, care, and maintenance of hazardous materials protective clothing and protective equipment by fire and emergency services organizations and personnel. 989

Transcript of Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing...

Page 1: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

Report of the Committee on

Fire and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment (FAF~AAC)

Technical Correlating Committee

Richard M. Duffy, Chair Int'l Assn. of Fire Fighters, DC [L]

Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Fighters

Wayde B. Miller, Secretary, Jacksonville Beach, FL [M]

Rep. Compressed Gas Assn./Mine Safety Appliances Co.

Thomas G. Augherton, Safety Equipment Inst., VA [RT] Dennis W. Browner, Scott Aviation, NC [M]

Rep. Industrial Safety Equipment Assn. Robert F. Dahl, DuPont Sprnance Plant, VA [M] Robert A. Freese, Globe Mfg. Co., NH [M] William L. Grilliot, Morning Pride Mfg. Co., OH [M]

Rep. Fire and Emergency Mfrs. and Services Assn. Inc. Virgil Hathaway, San Diego Fire Dept., CA [U]

Rep. Southern Area Fire Equipment Research James S. Johnson, Lawrence Livermore Nat'l Labs, CA [RT] Cy Long, Texas Commission on Fire Protection, TX [E] DavidG. Matthews, United Kingdom Fire Brigades Assn.,

England [SE] ReD. Int'l Standards Organization

Jim Minx, Oklahoma State Firefighters Assn., OK [C] Ted Putnam, USDA Forest Service, MT [E] ¢effrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc., TX [SE]

ank P. Taylor, Lion Apparel Inc., OH [M] Robert D. Tutteruw, Charlotte Fire Dept., NC [U]

Rep. Fire Indusu-y Equipment Research Organization, Bruce H. Varner, City of Carrollton Fire Dept., TX [U]

Rep. Int'l Fire Service Training Assn., Tricia VogeIpohl, Springs Industries, Inc., SC [M] Harry Winer, U.S. Navy, MA [RT] Thomas L. Wollan, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT]

Alternates

Leslie Anderson, U.S. Forest Service, MT [E] (Alt. to T. Putnam)

Janice C. Bradley, Industrial Safety Equipment Assn., VA [M] (AIt. to D. W. Browner)

Robert H. Chiostergl, Southern Mills Inc., GA [M] (AIt. to T. Vogelpohl)

Nicholas J. Curtis, Lion Apparel, Inc., OH [M] (Alt. to F. P. Taylor)

Patricla A. Freeman, Globe Mfg. Co., NH [M] (Alt. to P,. A. Freese)

Patrlcia A. Gleason, Safety Equipment Inst., VA [RT] (Alt. to T. G. Augherton)

William M. Lambert, Mine Safety Appliances Co., PA [M] (.Mt. to W. B. Miller)

Bob Montgomery, Celanese Corp., NC [M] (Alt. to IL F. Dahl)

Daniel P. Ryan, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT] (Alt. to T. L. Wollan)

Nonvoting

Don IL Forrest, United Firefighters of LA City, CA [L] Bryan C. Helrston, Oklahoma City Fire Dept., OK [L]

Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Fighters Richard Mangan, USDA Forest Service, MT [RT] James S. Nee, ARFF Working Group, PA [U]

Rep. Aircraft Rescue & Fire Fighting Working Group Kirk H. Owen, Piano Fire Dept., TX [U]

Rep. NFPA Fire Service Section Ray F. Reed, Dallas Fire Dept., TX [U]

Committee Scope: This Committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on the design, performance, testing, and certification of protective clothing and protective equipment manufactured for fire and emergency services organizations and personnel, to protect against exposures encountered during

emergency incident operations. This Committee shall also have the primary responsibility for documents on the selection, care, and maintenance of such protective clothing and protective equipment by fire and emergency services organizations and personnel.

Technical Committee on

Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment (FAE-HAZ)

Bryan C. Helrston, Chair Oklahoma City Fire Dept., OK [L]

Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Fighters

Jan Dunbar, Secretary Sacramento Fire Dept., CA [U] Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Chiefs

Bill Alexander, Bata Shoe Co., MD [M] David W. Berry, Hazmat TISI School of Occupational Safety &

Health, MD [U] ffrey B. Borkowski, New York City Fire Dept, NY [U] try Bove, Mine Safety Appliances, PA [M]

Rep. Industrial Safety Equipment Assn. an~es L. Daneker, Los Angeles City Fire Dept., CA [U]

e G. DeHate, Hillsborough County Fire Rescue, FL [E] GeraldJ. Disidn, Kodak Fire Dept, NY [U] Catherine IL Dodgen, Intertek Testing Services NA Inc., NY [RT] Patricia A. Gleason, Safety Equipment Inst., VA [RT] Daniel Gohlke, W. L.Gore & Assoc., MD [M] William G. Hatch, Los Angeles County Fire Dept., CA [U] Glenn P.Jirka, University of Missouri Fire & Rescue Training Inst.,

MO [SE] hn D. Langley, Kappler Safety Group, Inc., AL [M] nneth A. Pever, Guardian Mfg. Co., OH [M]

Jack R. Pryor, City of Piano Fire Dept., TX [U] _Mar Ruutopold, Chemfab Corp., NH [M] Daniel P. Ryan, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT] John.]. Schramko, Trelleborg Viking, Inc., NH [M] Mel Seng, Norcross Safety Products, IL [M] Jack W. Simon, Nat'l Environmental Education & Training Center,

Inc., PA [SE] Rep. Laborers - AGC Education and Training Fund/Emergency Mgmt. Agency

Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc., TX [SE] Richard W. Thomas, TRI/Environmental, Inc., TX [RT] Charles Turner, Halliburton Energy Services, OK [U] Robert West, Texas Instruments, TX [U] fames P. Zeigler, E. I. duPont deNemours and Co., Inc., VA [M] ichael Zisld' "n, Field Safety Corp., CT [RT]

Alternates

John J. Fanning, NewYork City Fire Dept., NY [U] (Alt. to J. B. Borkowski)

Kimberly Henry, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT] (Air. to D. P. Ryan)

Brian Lyons, Kappler North America, AL [M] (Alt. to J. D. Langley)

Committee Scope: This Committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on protective clothing and protective equipment, except respiratory protective equipment, that provides hand, foot, torso, limb, and head protection for fire fighters and other emergency services responclers during incidents that involve hazardous materials operations. These operations involve the activities of rescue; hazardous material confinement, containment, and mitigation; and property conservation where exposure to substances that present an unusual danger to responders are present or could occur due to toxicity, chemical reactivity, decomposition, corrosiveness, or similar reactions.Additionally, this committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on the selection, care, and maintenance of hazardous materials protective clothing and protective equipment by fire and emergency services organizations and personnel.

989

Page 2: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

Technical Committee on

Specialized. Fire F'tghtin plications Protective Eqag Aplntuipme (FAIg-SFA) Clothing and

James S. Nee, Chair ARFF Working Group, PA [U]

Rep. Aircraft Rescue & Fire Fighting Working Group

Harry Winer, Secretary U.S. Navy, MA [RT]

Charles L. Barber, DuPont, VA [M] Karl J. Beeman, Globe Firefighters Suits, NM [M] Catherine R. Dodgen, Intertek Testing Services NA Inc., NY [RT] George Freeman, Dallas Fire Dept., TX [U] William IL Hutfilz, Clark County Fire Dept., NV [U] David V. Jackson, U.S. Navy/NAVAIR, MD [E] James Jones, Mason & Hanger Corp., TX [E] Thomas B. Kiddie, E. D. Bullard Co., KY [M] David J. Lozeau, Chicago Fire Dept., IL [U] George (Clio McDaniel, U.S. Marine Corps, MD [E] Kenneth Ray Mobley, City of El Paso Fire Dept., TX [U] Bob Montgomery, Celanese Corp., NC [M] Louis V. Ott, Gentex Corp., PA [M] Daniel P. Ryan, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT] Mel Seng, Norcross Safety Products, IL [M] Scott E. Snyder, The Boeing Fire Dept., WA [U] Fiorencio D. Soliz, III, City of Anstin Fire Dept., TX [U] Frank P. Taylor, Lion Apparel Inc., OH [M] William J. Tibbett, Texas Commission on Fire Protection, TX [E]

Alternates

Patricia A. Freeman, Globe Mfg. Co., NH [M] (Alt. to K.J. Beeman)

John Fricano, Celanese, NC [M] (Alt. to B. Montgomery)

Kimberly Henry, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT] (Aft. to D. P. Ryan)

Andrew G. Schwartz, Lion Apparel Inc., OH [M] (AIt. to F. P. Taylor)

Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen)

Committee Scope: This Committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on protective clothing and protective equipment, except respiratory protective equipment, that provides hand, foot, torso, limb, head, and interface protection for fire fighters or other emergency services responders during incidents that include, but are not limited to, bulk flammable gas fres, bulk flammable liquid fires, flammable metal fires, nuclear fuel fires, exotic fuels fires, that present an unusual or extraordinary danger to personnel and involve highly specialized fire fighting operations. These operations include the acnvities of rescue, fire suppression, and property conservation durin~ fires producing very high levels of conductive, convective, or rathant heat or any combination thereof.Additionally, this committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on the selection, care, and maintenance of specialized fire fighting applications protective clothing and protective equipment by fire and emergency services organizations and personnel.

Technical Committee on

Structural Fire Fighting Protective Clothing and Equipment (FAF~FF)

Kirk H. Owen, Otair Piano Fire Dept., TX [U]

Rep. NFPA Fire Service Section

Patrlcia A. Freeman, Secretary Globe Mfg. Co., NH [M]

Donald Aldridge, Lion Apparel Inc., OH [M] James M. Baker, Nat'! Safety Clean, Inc., PA [IM] Donald G. Beason, Lawrence Livermore Nat'l Lab, CA [RT] Donna P. Brehm, Virginia Beach Fire Dept., VA [U] {~ hn R. Buchan, United Fire Fighters of Winnipeg, MB [L]

ichael Carlin, La Mesa Fire Dept., CA [U] Dean William Cox, Fairfax Fire & Rescue Dept., VA [U] L. Charles Davis, Division of Fire and Emergency Services, KY [U]

Catherine IL Dodgen, Intertek Testing Services NA Inc., NY [RT] Guy D. Eckert, The Warring, ton Group Ltd., DE [M] Don IL Forrest, United Firefighters of LA City, CA ILl Mary I. Griiliot, Morning Pride Mfg. Co. Inc., OH [M] Cliff Haskell, IAFF Local 522, CA [L]

Rep. Int'i Assn. of Fire Fighters Larry Horn, City of Portland, OR, OR [U] Thomas B. Kiddie, E. D. Builard Co., KY [M] Stephen J. King, New York City Fire Dept., NY [U] James IL Lawson, U.S. Nat'l Inst. of Standards & Technology,

MD [RT] ~ i Long, Texas Commission on Fire Protection, "IX [El

lliam T. McCutcheon, Jr., Cairns & Brother, Inc., NJ [M] Kevin J. O'Connell, Louisville Division of Fire, Ks/[U] Tom Ragan, Shelby Specialty Gloves, TN [M] Mel Seng, Norcross Safety Products, IL [M] Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc., TX [SE] Robert D. Tutterow, Jr., Charlotte Fire Dept., NC [E]

Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Chiefs Woody Waiters, Minnesota State Fire EMS Center, MN [C]

Rep. Nat'l Volunteer Fire Council Harry Winer, U.S. Navy, MA [RT] Thomas L. Wollan, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NC [RT]

Alternates

Roger L. Barker, North Carolina State University, NC [M] (AlL to P. A. Freeman)

D. Andrew Burgess, United Fire Fighters of Winnipeg, MB [L] (Alt. toJ. P,. Buchan)

Prakash G. Devasthall, Norcross Safety Products, IL [M] (Alt. to M. Seng)

gerry W. Gordon, Cairns & Brother, Inc., NJ [M] (Alt. to W. T. McCutcheon)

William L. Grillint, Morning Pride Mfg. Co., OH [M] (Alt. to M. I. Grilliot)

Kimberly Henry, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., NG [RT] (Alt. to T. L.Wollan)

James S. Johnson, Lawrence Livermore Nat'l Labs, CA [RT] (Alt. toO. G. Beason)

Kevln S. Malley, New York City Fire Dept., NY [U] (Alt. to S.J. King)

Richard A. Oleson, E. D. BuUard Co., KY [M] (Alt. to T. B. Kiddie)

Karen E. Strumlock, Intertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. R. Dodgen)

Frank P. Taylor, Lion Apparel Inc., OH [M] (Alt. to D. Aldridge)

Robert Vettori, U.S. Nat'! Inst. of Standards & Technology, MD [RT] (Alt. to J. 1L Lawson)

Nonvoting

Glen E. Gardner, U.S. Occupational Safety & Health Aclmin, DC [E]

Staff Liaison: Bruce W. Teele

Committee Scope: This Committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on protective clothing and protective equipment, except respiratory protective equipment, that provides hand, foot, torso, limb, head, and interfaceprotection for fire fighters or other emergency services responders during incidents involving structural fire fighting operations. These operations include the activities of rescue, fire suppression, and property conservation in buildings, enclosed structures, vehicles, marine vessels, or like properties that are involved in a fire or emergency situation.Additionally, this committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on the selection, care, and maintenance of structural f'we fighting protective clothing and protective equipment by fire and emergency services organizations and personnel.

These lists represent the membership at the time each Committee was balloted on the text of this edition. Since that time, changes in the membership may have occurred. A key to classifications is found at the front of this booh.

The Report of the Committee on Fire and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment is presented'for adoption in 5 parts.

990

Page 3: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

This Report was prepared by the: • Technical Correlating Committee on Fire and Emergency

Services Protective Clothing and Equipment (FAE-AAC), * Technical Committee on Hazardous Materials Protective

Clothing and Equipment (FAE-HAZ), ° Technical Committee on Specialized Fire Fighting

Applications Protective Clothing and Equipment (FAE-SFA), * Technical Committee on Structural Fire Fighting Protective

Clothing and Equipment (FAE-SFF).

Part I of this Report was prepared by the Technical Commitfee on Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment, and proposes for adoption a complete revision to NFPA 1991-1994, Standard o n Vapor-Protec t ive Suits f o r Hazardous Chemical Emergencies. NFPA 1991-1994 is published in Volume 9 of the 1998 National Fire Codes and in separate pamphlet form.

Part I of this Report has been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Committee on Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment, which consists of 28 voting members; of whom 21 voted affirmatively, 1 negatively (Mr. Langley), after circulation of any negative votes, and 6 ballots were not returned (Messrs. Alexander, Berry, Dodgen, Schramko, Simon, and Thomas.)

Mr. Langley voted negatively stating: "Section 5-2.10 and Section 5-4.7 require static charge resistance

as part of the base certification. It is my recollection that the committee intended that this

requirement apply only to the optional chemical flash fire cer~i~cation."

Part I of this Report has also been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Correlating Committee on Free and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment, which consists of 20 voting members; of whom all 20 voted affirmatively.

Part II of this Report was prepared by the Technical Committee on Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment, and proposes for adoption a complete revision to NFPA 1992-1994, Standard on Liquid Splash-Protective Suits for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies. NFPA 1992-1994 is published in Volume 9 of the 1998 Nauonal Fire Codes and in separate pamphlet form.

Part II of this Report has been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Committee on Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment, which consists of 28 voting members; of whom 21 voted affirmatively, 1 negatively (Mr. Langley), after circulation of any negative votes, and 6 ballots were not returned (Messrs. Alexander, Berry, Dodgen, Schramko, Simon, and Thomas.)

Mr. Langley voted negatively stating: "Section 5-1.4 and Section 5-2.3 require static charge resistance as

part of the base certification. It is my recollection that the committee intended that this

requirement apply to the optional chemical flash fire certification."

Part II of this Report has also been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Correlating~ Committee on Fire and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment, which consists of 20 voting members; of whom all 20 voted affirmatively.

Part Il l of this Report was prepared by the Technical Committee on Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment, and proposes for adoption a withdrawal to NFPA 1993-1993, Standard on Support Function Protective Clothing for Hazardous Chemical Operatmns. NFPA 1993-1993 is published in Volume 9 of the 1998 National Fire Codes and in separate pamphlet form.

Part III of this Report has been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Committee on Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment, which consists of 28 voting members; of whom 22 voted affirmatively and 6 ballots were not returned (Messrs. Alexander, Berry, Dodgen, Schramko, Simon, and Thomas.)

Part III of this Report has also been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Correlati~[ Committee on Fire and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment, which consists of 20 voting members; of whom all 20 voted affirmatively.

Part IV of this Report was prepared by the Technical Committee on Specialized Ftre Fighting Applications Protective Clothing and Equipment, and proposes for adoption a complete revision to NFPA 1976-1992, Standard on Protective Clothing for Proximity Fire Fighting. NFPA 1976-1992 is published in Volume 9 of the 1998 National Fire Codes and in separate pamphlet form.

Part IV of this Report has been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Committee on Specialized Fire Fighting Applications Protective Clothing and Equipment, which consists of 21 voting members; of whom 19 voted affirmatively and 2 ballots were not returned (Messrs. Lozean and Soliz.)

Part IV of this Report has also been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Correlating Committee on Fire and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment, which consists of 20 voting members; of whom all 20 voted affirmatively.

Part V of this Report was prepared by the Technical C o m m i t t e e on Structural Fn'e Fighting Protective Clothing and Equipment, and proposes for adoption a complete revision to NFPA 1971-1997, Standard.on Protective Ensemble for Structural F'we Fighting. NFPA 1971-1997 is published in Volume 9 of the 1998 National Fire Codes and in separate pamphlet form.

Part V of this Report has been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical C o m m i t t e e on Structural Fire Fighting Protective Clothingand Equipment, which consists of 29 voting members; of whom 23 voted affirmatively and 4 ballots were not returned (Messrs. Beason, Carlin, Haskell, and Winer.)

Part V of this Report has also been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Correlating Committee on Fire and Emergency Services Protective Clothing and Equipment, which consists of 20 voting members; of whom all 20 voted affirmatively.

991

Page 4: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

PART I

Committee: ( , ~ - I ~ 1991- 1 - (Chapter x (New)): Accept in Principle SUBMITrER: Jack Sawicki/Alan Culpepper, Geomet Technologies, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: This is a proposal to add a new Chapter "Optional Requirements for Counter-Terrorism Applications."

x-2 Design and Performance Requirements. x-2.1 Sample vapor-protective suits shall provide not less than 240

minutes of protection when tested against dual-use industrial chemicals in accordance with ASTM F 739 for a test duration of at least 4 hours. The base fabric, seams, gloves, and visor seams shall be tested with the following chemicals:

• arsine (arsenic hydride) • chlorocpicrin (trichloronitromethane) • cyanogen chloride • dimethyl sulfate • diphosgene (trichloromethylchloroformate) • ethyldichloroarsine • hydrogen cyanide (hydrocyanic acid) • methyldichlororoarsin e • phenyldichloroarsine • phosgene (carbonyl dichloride) • phosgene oxime x-2.2 Sample vapor-protective suits shall provide not less than 240

minutes of protection when tested against chemical warfare (CW) agents in accordance with CRDGSP-84010, Laboratory Methods for Evaluatin~ Protective Clothin~ Systems At,'alnst Chemical Ag_e.a~ Method 2.2, "Liquid Agent Contamination/Vapor Penetration," at 90°F +3°F (g/m2). The base fabric seams, gloves, and visor seams shall be tested with the following CW agents:

• tabun (GA), or ethyl-N, N-dimethyl phosphoramido cyanidate, * sarin (GB), or isopropyl methyl phosphonofluoridate,

soman (GD), or pinacolyl methyl phosphonofluoridate, cyclo-sarin (GF), or O-cyclohexyl methyl fluorophosphonate, sulfur mustard, distilled (HD), or his (2-chloroethyl) sulfide,

o nitrogen mustards (HN)- HN-1, or his (2-chloroethyl) ethylamine HN-2, or his (2-chlorethyl) me@ylamine, HN-~, or tris (2-chloroethyl) amine,

• lewsite (L), or dichloro(2-chlorovinyl) arsine, and • V-agent (VX), or O-ethyl S- [2-{diisopropylamino}ethyl]

methylphosphonothioate The breakthrough criteria for the G agents and VX shall be 1.25

/ag, and the breakthrough criteria for the H agents and L shall be 4.0 ~t~.

x-2.$ Tethered airline passthroughs, tippers, and other closures shall be tested in accordance with CRDS-SP-84010, Method 2.1, Vapor Agent Contamination/Vapor Penetration with saturated GB vapor and saturaed HD vapor at a temperature of 90°F + $°F ($2°C + 2°C) for not less than 240 minutes. During testing, airline passthroughs shall have a continuous airflow rate through the assembly of at least 40 liters per minute (Lpm) at 75 - 110 psi. Contaminant penetration through the passthrough assembly, as well as in the breathing air stream, shall be measured. The breakthrough criteria for the suit constituents shall be 1.25 Jag for GB and 4.0 ~tg for HD. The breakthrough criteria for the breathing air stream shall be 0.0001 m g / m $ for GB and 0.005 m g / m 3 for HD.

x-2.4 Sample vapor-protective suits shall undergo man-in- simultant testing (MIST) in accordance with Test Operation Procedure (TOP) 10-2-022, Man/Manikin-in-Simulant Testing. performing the test exercises specified in Appendix C, to determine a suit protection factor (PF, also referred to as intrusion coeflicient). The minimum average PF shall be 1,000.

x-2.5 Periodic audits shall be conducted by third party certifiers. The certifiers shall perform retests of components identified in 2.2 and 2.3 above with at least GV and HD. Such retests shall be conducted not less than annually. SUBSTANTIATION: Current NFPA compliant chemical protective clothing is not tested for chemical war fare agents. Current world climate for terrorism makes including such testing critical. COMMrFrEE ACTION: Accept in Principle. COMMITFEE STATEMENT: See Sections 1-1.2, 3-1.2, 5-9, 6-6, and 6-8 of the F99 Report on Proposals draft shown at the end of dais report for the text and requirements for chemical and biological terrorism protection.

(Log #23) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 2 - (1-3 Fluorescence (New), Retroreflection (New), Retroreflective Markings (New), and Trim, 4-1.8 (New), 4-1.9 (New), 9-X (New), Chapter 10 (New)): Reject SI.~MITrEI~ Robert L. Jensen, 3M RECOMMENDATION: Add the following new definitions:

Fluorescence. A process by which radiant flux of certain wavelengths is absorbed and reradiated nonthermally in other, usually longer wavelengths.

Retroreflection. The reflection of light in which the refected rays are preferentially returned in the direction close to the opposite of the direction of the incident rays, with this property being maintained over wide variations of the direction of the incident rays.

Retroreflective Markings. A material that reflects and returns a relatively high proportion of light in a direction close to the direction from which it came.

Trim. Retroreflective or retrorefiective and fluorescent material attached to the outermost surface of the liquid splash-protective suit for visibili~ enhancement. Retroreflective materials enhance nighttime visibility, and fluorescent materials enhance daytime visibility.

Add new design requirements to read: 4-1.8 Where trim is used on vapor-protective suits, trim shall be

permitted to have reworeflective or retroreflective and fluorescent material.

4-1.8.1 Where trim used on vapor-protective suits consists of retroreflective material only, the retroreflective surface of trim shall be not less than 1.6 cm (0.625 in.) wide and the retroreflective areas of trim shall appear to be continuous for the length of the trim, with gaps between areas of retroreflectivity of not more than 3.18 mm (0.125 in.).

4-1.8.2 Where trim used on vapor-protective suits consists of both retroreflective and fluorescent materials, the trim shall be not less than 5.08 cm (2.0 in.) wide and shall have both retroreflective and fluorescent surfaces, the fluorescent and retroreflective areas of trim shall appear to be continuous for the length of the trim, with

aps between areas of retroreflectivity of not more than 3.18 mm .125 in.).

4-1.8.3 Where trim is used on vapor-protective suits consists of both retroreflective and fluorescent materials, the trim used to meet the optional minimum trim pattern requirements shall have a minimum fluorescent surface of 5.08 cm2/l inear cm (2.0 in. 2/linear in.) of trim.

4-1,8.4 Where trim is used on vapor-protective suits, the minimum trim pattern for the vapor protective suit shall consist of one circumferential band of trim around the waist area of the suit and one horizontal band of trim at the chest/shoulder blade level of the suit. The minimum trim configuration for each sleeve shall be one circumferential band between the wrist and elbow area. The minimum trim configuration for each pant leg shall be one circumferential band between the foot and ankle area.

Add new performance requirement to read: 4-1,9 Where used on vapor-protective suits, specimens of

reflective trim shall be tested for retroreflectivity and fluorescence as specified in Section 7-x and shall have a total Coefficient of Retroreflection (R a of not less than 100 cd/ lux/m2 (cd/fc/ft2) and be designated as fluorescent.

Add a test method for trim to read: 9-x Trim High Visibility Test. 9-x.1 Application. 9-x.1.1 This test method shall apply to trim materials used on

vapor-protective suits. 9-x.1.2 Trim materials shall be tested for each procedure

specified in 9-x.4. 9-x.2 Specimens. 9-x.2.1 A minimum of three trim test spedmens shall be tested. 9-x.2.2 Except as specified in the test procedures referenced in 9-

x.4.2 and 9-x.4.3, each trim test specimen shall consist of a 30.5 cm x 30.5 cm (12 in. x 12 in.) composite made up of multiple strips of the finished trim product. Where reu'oreflective and non- retroreflective surface areas are combined to form a trim, the complete finished product consisting of the retroreflective and non-retroreflective portions shall be used to form the composite test specimen.

9-x.3 Sample Preparation. 9-x.5.1 Specimens shall be conditioned at a temperature of 21°C,

+3°C (70°C, +5°C) and a relative humidity of 65 percent, _+_5 percent until equilibrium is reached as determined in accordance with Section 4 of Federal Test Methods Standard 191A, Textile Test

992

Page 5: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 - - F 9 9 R O P

Methods, or for at least 24 hours, whichever is shorter. Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.

9-x.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall include 30.5 cm (12 in.) long sections of trim.

9-x.4 Procedures. 9-x.4.1 Measurement of Coeffident of Retroreflectivity. 9-x.4.1.1 The Coefficient of Retroreflection (Ra) shall be

measured in accordance with ASTM E 809, Standard Test Method for Measuring Photometric Characteristics of Retroreflectors, using the following modifications:

(a) Test distance = 15.2 m (50 ft); (b) Observation angle = 0.2 degree; (c) Entrance angle = -4.0 degree; (d) The receiver shall be provided with an entrance aperture of

25 mm (1.024 in.) +5%, in diameter which is equivalent to 0.1 degree angular aperture;

(e) The exit aperture of the source shall be circular and 26 mm (1.024 in.), +_5%, in diameter which corresponds to 0.1 degree angular aperture;

( f ) Retroreflector reference angle = 90 degrees, and (g) Datum mark shall be placed as specified by the trim

manufacturer. 9-x.4.1.2 The Coefficient of Retroreflection (Ra) shall be

calculated by the following equation: R a = R1/A f

where: R 1 is the coefficient of luminous intensity measured as specified

in 9-x.4.1.1; and Af represents only the retroreflective surface are of the trim test

specimen's surface area. Af shall be calculated by subtracting the non-retroreflective surface area from the test specimen's total surface area.

9-x.4.2 Evaluation of Fluorescence. 9-x.4.2 Trim fluorescence shall be determined by examining the

material under a black light at a distance of 30.5 cm (12 in.) for a period of 30 seconds.

9-x.4.2.2 Specimens which exhibit fluorescence shall be designated as fluorescent, Specimens which do not exhibit fluorescence shall be designated as non-fluorescent.

9-x.4.3 Rainfall Test, 9-x.4.3.1 Specimens of trim shall be tested for retroreflectivity

when wet as specified in Annex A of EN 471, High Visibility Warning Clothing, at a rate of 109 m m / h r (4.3 in. /hr) .

9-x.4.3.2 The Coefficient of Retroreflectivity shall be measured as specified in 9-x.4.1 while the rainfall test is in progress.

9-x.4.S.S The fluorescence shall be evaluated as specified in 9- x.4.2.

9-x.5 Report. 9-x.5.1 The Coefficient of Retroreflection (Ra) shall be reported

for each specimen. "I~ae average Coefficient of Retroreflection (Ra) of all specimens shall be calculated and reported separately for each of the test procedures specified in 9-xA.1 and 9-x.4.S.

9-x.5.2 The number of fluorescent and non-fluorescent specimens shall be reported separately for each of the test procedures specified in 9-x.4.2 and 9-x.4.3.

9-x.6 Interpretation. 9-x.6.1 For trim retroreflectivity, pass/fai l performance shall be

determined using the average Coefficient of Retroreflection (Ra) of each group of specimens tested for each of the procedures in 9- x.4.1 and 9-x.4.3.

9-x.6.2 For trim fluorescence, any non-fluorescent specimens in any test procedure shall constitute failing performance.

Add following test method references to Chapter 10: ASTM E 809, Standard Test Method for Measuring Photometric

Characteristics of Retroreflectors, 1994. EN 471, High Visibility Warning Clothing, 1994.

SUBSTANTIATION: H i g h visibility materials for daytime and nighttime use should be permitted to be worn on garments worn for hazardous chemical emergencies, but not necessarily required. ff these materials are used on hazardous chemical protective garments, they should be of sufficient quality to provide acceptable performance and maintain performance properties during use. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Undefined need in user community. Can be supplied as nothing in the standard prohibits this. Would have to comply with accessories.

(Log #7) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 3- (3-2.4): Accept SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Delete paragraph 3-2.4. SUBSTANTIATION: The current requirement for glove dexterity is a report-only requirement. Dexterity is a serious problem among users of vapor-protective suits and a minimum requirement should be provided that ensures end users have an appropriate level of dexterity for performance of tasks during emergency chemical response. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #8) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 4 - (3-2.5 (New)): Accept in Principle SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Add new paragraph to read as follows:

3-2.5 The manufacturer shall provide the recommended storage llfe for each vapor-protective suit.

Storage Life. The date that the vapor-protective suit should be taken out of service when the vapor-protective suit has not been used in either training or for actual use and has undergone proper care and maintenance in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

Care. Procedures for cleaning, decontamination and storage of vapor-protective suits.

Maintenance. Procedures for inspection, repair and removal from service of vapor-protective suits. SUBSTANTIATION: These products are typically stored for long period without use. End users should be made aware of the storage life limitations that exist for vapor-protective suits. Only manufacturers are in a position to provide this information. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

Add new definition "Storage Life" to read as follows: Storage Life. The date to remove from services a vapor-protective

~nsemble, or separable elements of the ensemble, that has undergone proper care and maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions but has not been used either in training or for actual use.

Accept "care" and "maintenance" as submitted. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Committee modified definition of "storage life" to be concise and not to include requirements.

(Log #17) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 5 - (4-1.x (New), 9-x (New)): Accept in Principle SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: 1. Add new requirement for overall ensemble as follows:

5-1.5 Vapor-protective ensemble spedmens shall be tested for inward leakage as specified in Section 6-x, Overall Ensemble Inward Leakage Test, and shall have no inward leakage greater than 0.05 percent.

2. Add new test method, Section 6-x as follows: 6-x Overall Ensemble Inward Leakage Test. 6-x.1 Application. 6-x.l.1 This test method shall apply to complete vapor-protective

ensembles. 6-x.2 Specimens. 6-x.2.1 A minimum of one specimen shall be tested. 6-x.3 Sample Preparation. 6-x.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be complete vapor-

protective ensemble. 6-x.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2. 6-x.4 Apparatus. fi-x.4.1 High purity sulfur hexafluoride shall be used as the test

agent. 6-x.4.2 A test chamber shall be used for conducting this test.

The test chamber shall have minimum dimensions of 1.5 m wide by 1.5 m long by 2.4 m high (5 ft x 5,ft x 8 ft). The test chamber shall be made from a transparent material. The test agent shall enter the test chamber at the top of the chamber through a flow distributor and shall be directed downward over the head of the test subject at a flow rate of 0.12 m/s (3.28 ft/s) as measured in the region next to the subject's head.

6-x.4.3 A sample probe for measuring the concentration of the test agent in the test chamber shall be positioned in the region next to the test subject's head. The sample probe shall be

993

Page 6: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 m F 9 9 R O P

configured in such a manner as to allow sampling of the test agent concentration within the test chamber at intervals of 1 minute.

6-x.4.4 A portable pump and adsorbent system capable of collecting sulfur hexafluoride shall be worn inside the specimen in the breathing zone area of the test subject. The sampling pump shall operate at a flow of 200 mL/min. The adsorbent shall have a minimum adsorption capadty of 0.1 mg of sulfur hexafluoride.

6-x.4.5 Test subjects shall be familiar with the use ofvapor- rOtective ensembles and with self-contained breathin~ apparatus CBA). Test subjects shall have had a medical examination

within the past year which shows the test subject to be in good health. The test subject shall select the appropriate size of the vapor-protective suit from available sizes using the manufacturer sizing chart.

6-x.4.6 A Scott 4.5 Air Pak shall be used in all testing as the self- contained breathing apparatus for use with the vapor-protective ensemble.

6-x.5 Procedure. 6-x.5.1 Sulfur hexafluoride shall be supplied to the test chamber

such that the concentration of sulfur hexafluoride is at 1000 parts

~ er million, +100 parts per million over the test period duration. he concentration of sulfur hexafluoride inside the test chamber

shall be monitored for the length of test until the test subject exits the test chamber at intervals o f at least 1 minute.

6-x.5.2 The test subject shall be outfitted with a portable sampling pump which is attached to test subject's collar with the sample port near the wearer's breathin~.g zone. The pump shall be activated before closing the suit. The ume that the pump is activated shall be recorded to the nearest second.

6-x.5.3 The test subject shall don the self-contained breathing apparatus and vapor-protective ensemble in accordance with manufacturer instructions.

6-x.5.4 The test subject shall then enter the test chamber. The time that the test subject enters the test chamber shall be recorded to the nearest second.

6-x.5.5 The test subject shall remain in a standing position for 3 minutes, +15/-0 seconds, and shall then perform three series of the stationary exercises specified in Procedure A in ASTM Fl154, Standard Practices for Qualitatively Evaluating the Comfort, Fit, Function, and Integrity of Chemical-Protective Suit Ensembles.

6-x.5.6 At the conclusion of the exercises, the test subject shall remain in a standing position for 3 minutes, +15/-0 seconds, and then exit the chamber. The time that the test subject exits the test chamber shall be recorded to the nearest second.

6-x.5.7 In an area well away from the test chamber, the test subject shall doff the vapor-protective ensemble and shall turn off the sampling pump. The time that the test subject turns off the sampling pump shall be recorded to the nearest second.

6-x.5.8 The amount of the sulfur hexafluoride adsorbed by the sample pump absorbent shall be determined using a suitable analytical technique which is capable of measuring sulfur hexafluoride at the required detection level.

6-x.5.9 Testing shall be discontinued prematurely for any of the following reasons:

(a) The concentration of sulfur hexafinoride in the test chamber exceeds 1100 parts per million for more than one minute.

(b) The test operation observes an unsafe condition or notices fatigue on the part of the test subject.

(c) The test subject complains about dizziness, unsteadiness, fatigue, or any condition.

(d) The test subject asks to terminate the test. 6-x.6 Report. 6-x.6.1 The concentration of the sulfur hexafluoride in the test

chamber at each measurement interval shall be reported° The average concentration of the sulfur hexafluoride in the test chamber from the time the test subject enters the test chamber to the time the test subject exits the test chamber shall be determined and reported.

6-x.6.2 The concentration ofsuffur hexafluoride within the vapor-protective ensemble shall be determined using the amount of sulfur hexafluoride found in the adsorbent, the pump flow rate, and the time the test subject was in the test chamber. The concentration of sulfur hexafluoride inside the vapor protective ensemble shall be reported in lag/L.

6-x.6.3 The percent inward leakage shall be determined by dividing the measured concentration of sulfur hexafluoride inside the vapor-protective ensemble by the average concentration of sulfur hexafluoride in the test chamber during the time the test subject was in the test chamber and multiplying by 100. The percent inward leakage shall be reported to the nearest tenth of a percent,

6-x.7 Interpretation.

6-x.7.1 The calculated percent inward leakage shall be used to determine pass/fail performance. SUBSTANTIATION: The pressure test sl3edfied in 4-1.2 is primarily a quality control technique apphed to each suit. This technique, while capable of detecting small leaks, is done statically (without simulation of use) and does not evaluate the integrity of the full ensemble since the exhaust valves must be dosed for the pressure test. The proposed test provides a complete, manned evaluation of the ensemble in a manner representative of actual use. The test is based on a procedure used in Europe for gas-tight suits (EN 943), Part 1. COMMITYEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

See 5-1.5 and 6-8 of the F99 Report on Proposals draft shown at the end of this report for the requirements. COMMITTEE STATEMENT:

The Committee changed the pass/fail inward leakage to 0.02 percent to provide a more severe challenge for the surrogate chemical test.

(Log #16) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 6 - (4-1.4, 7-1.2.1 (New), 9-2): Accept SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: 1. Modify and renumber paragraph 4-1.4 and Section 9-2 as follows:

Modify requirement as follows: 5-1.3 Vapor-protective ensemble spedmens shall be tested for

overall function and integrity, as specified in Section 6-4, Overall Suit Ensemble Function and Integrity Test, and shown an ending pressure of at least 40 mm (1 9/16 in.) water gauge pressure, allow the test subject to complete all tasks, accommodate head protection meeting the dimensional requirements of ANSI Z89.1. Typ_e L Class G helmets, and permit the test subject to have a visual acuity of 20/35 or better.

(a) Specimens shall have an ending pressure of at least 80 mm (3.2 in.) water gauge pressure.

(b) Specimens shallallow the test subject to complete all tasks. (c) Specimens shall accommodate heat protection devices

meeting the Type I, Class G dimensional requirements of ANSI Z89.1.

(d) Specimens shall permit the test subject to see through the visor with a visual acuity of 20/35 or better.

(e) Specimens shall permit the test subject to remove and reinsert their hand into the glove system.

2. Add a reference to 7-1.2.1 to read: ANSI Z89.1. American National Standard for Industrial Head

Protection. 1997. 3. Modify test method as follows: 6-4 Overall Ensemble Function and Integrity Test. 6-4.1 Application. 6-4.1.1 This test method shall apply to vapor-protective

ensembles. 6-4.2 Specimens. 6-4.2.1 A minimum of one complete vapor-protective ensemble

shall be evaluated. The test specimen shall include all outer wear and other items required for the vapor-protective suit to be compliant with this standard.

6-4.3 Sample Preparation. 6-4.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be complete vapor-

protective ensembles. 6-4.$.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2. 6-4.4 Procedure. 6-4.4.1 Suit overall function and integrity shall be measured in

accordance with ASTM F1154, Practices for Qualitatively Evaluating the Comfort, Fit, Function, and Integrity of Chemical Protective Suit Ensembles, with the following parameters:

(a) Both exercise Procedures A and B shall be used. (b) Ensembles tested shall meet the sizing range of the test

subject as determined in $-1.4. the suit shall be donned in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

(c) Testin~ shall be conducted at 25°C, +7°C (77°F, +10°F) and relative hurmdity of 50 percent, +20 percent.

(d) Gas-fight integrity shall be measured as specified in Section 6-2.

(e) A determination shall be made that the vapor-protective suit is designed to at least accommodate head protection devices meeting the dimensional requirements of ANSI Z89.1,

994

Page 7: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

(f) The test subject shall have a minimum visual acuity of 20/20 in each eye uncorrected or corrected with contact lenses as determined in a visual acuity test or doctor's examination.

(g) Appropriate under clothing and a self contained breathing apparatus shall be worn. For consistency in testing, a Scott 4.5 Air Pak SCBA face piece shall be used.

6-4.4.2 Visual acuit T testing within the suit shall be conducted using a standard 20 ft eye chart with a normal lighting range of 100- 150 if-candles at the chart and with the test subject positions at a distance of 6.1 m (20 ft) from the chart.

6-4.4.3 The test subject shall then read the standard eye chart through the lens of the SCBA face piece and suit visor to determine his or her visual acuity.

6-4.4.4 At the end of all testing the wearer shall be instructed to remove his or her hands from each of the gloves while still wearing the suit, touch the by-pass valve on the SCBA, and then reinsert his or her hands into the gloves. This action shall be repeated a total of five times.

6-4.5 Report. 6-4.5.1 The end suit pressure shall he reported. 6-4.5.2 The ability of the test subject to satisfactorily complete all

exercises shall be reported. 6-4.5.3 The suit accommodation of head protection meeting the

dimensional requirements of ANSI Z87.1, Top Impact, ClassB Cap, shall be reported.

6-4.5.4 The visual acuity of the test subject in and out of the suit shall be reported.

6-4.5.5 The ability of the test subject to repeatedly remove and reinsert his or her hands completely into the gloves shall be reported.

6-4.5 Interpretation. 6-4.5.1 Following the test subject exercises, an ending suit

pressure of less than 80 mm (3.2 in. water column gauge) shall constitute failing performance.

6-4.5.2 The inability of the test subject to satisfactorily complete all exercises shall constitute failing performance.

6-4.5.3 The non-accommodation of head protection meeting the dimensional requirements of ANSI Z87.1, Top Impact, Class B Cap, by the vapor-protective suit shall constitute failing performance.

6-4.5.4 The visual acuity of the test subject inside the suit shall be used for determining pass/fall.

6-4.5.5 The inability of the test subject to repeatedly remove and reinsert his or her hands completely into the gloves shall constitute failing performance. SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed requirement consolidates several existing requirements, l~lus allows the evaluation of wear removal and reinsert of hands mto the glove system, a perennial problem with some suit styles. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #9) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 7- (4-1.8): Accept SUBMITrER= Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Add new paragraph to read as follows:

4-1.8 Vapor-protective suits shall be offered in at least four unique and different sizes. SUBSTANTIATION: Currendy there are no sizing requirements for vapor-protective suits. A significant hazard in wearing a v~ap.or- protective suit is improper sizing which decreases wearer mobility, field of vision, and comfort. Minimum sizing will help to provide a range of vapor-protective suit sizes which better accommodates the user population. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

Committee: (~-#2H~2) 1991- 8- (4-2.$): Reject SUBMITTER= Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inco RECOMMENDATION: Revise paragraph 4-2.3 as follows:

4-2.$ Specimens of primary suit materials :h~! ne t "gn:.te ~'ar'ng t.hc in i~ ! ~.9 ~ezon~ cxpc.zure per!on.4, shall not burn a distance greater than 4.0 in. (10.2 cm), shall not sustain burning for more than ~-0~ seconds, and shall not melt as evidenced by flowing or dripping during the :uhzeq-ent !2 :econ~ initial B.0-second exposure period where tested for flame resistance as specified in Section 7-5.

SUBSTANTIATION: The end user community has indicated that they would like liquid splash-protective suits to possess some level of flame resistance, but the current test is overly severe for preventing the use of materials which easily ignite and continue to burn. Modification of the flame resistance requirement as suggested permits a wide range of materials which would be self- extinguishmg and allow the end user to select a higher level of flame resistance with optional flash fire protection was chose. COMMITTEE ACTION: Roect. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Proposal reduces the minimum flame resistance level to below the acceptable level.

(Log #10) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 9 - (4-5.1, 4-$.2, 4-5.4, 4-5.5, 4-6.4, 4-6.5, 4-7.1, and 4-7.2): Reject SUBMITrER= Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Replace listed requirements with performance requirements based on permeation resistance of conditioned specimens, seams, and closures against sulfur hexafluoride.

4-3.1 Garment material samples shall be tested permeation resistance after ~ abrasion and shall not exhibit a breakthrough detection time of one hour or less for eazh chc=:'.-cal "n Ae~A F 199! Cui~e for ~e~.c:='.2~..I: t~ E;xlu=tc P:ctccd;'c

100 nercent sulfur hexafluoride where tested as specified in Section 0-89-6.

4-3.2 Cerment mateH:2 :.:."..p!cz :ha!! be :cztcd for flex fz:dg'dc ::=:.:'-_nz: ^..~d :h~A! =ct :'`oh'hit = chzm'cal ~_.:tzc'2en "-='ac cf one ,- . . . . . . ,^.. ¢ . . . . . . ~ . _ _ : ~ , s e , ~ , ~, 109!, '~--:~- ~^- '~ ' - - - : -^ ' - t~ E:~2:=:=: Pr~tc.:5-'e C!=~h!==g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v . . . . . . in Sz: '2:n 9 9 (Combine requirement with 4-3.1)

4-5.4 Glove material samples shill be tested permeation resistance after fl.e, g d l l g . ~ abrasion and shall not exhibit a breakthrough detection time of one hour or less for ~ c h chef.dan!

100 nercent sulfur hexafluoride, where tested as specified m Section 0-89-6

4-5.5 C!gv: ma:cr'~2 ====.~1=: =h -̂-'-! ~= te~tod fc.r ~=:= .~'- tig-:c

Chcm'-~'3 to E'.-"-ate Pro tc : ' : : ' c C[c~i-g V~tcr'a'=, : ' :hen to : ted a= =pe-~e~ :.n S : ~ - e : 9 9 (Combine requirement with 4-5.4)

4-6.4 Footwear upper material samples shall be tested permeation resistance after ~ abrasion and shall not exhibit a breakthrough detection time of one hour or less for chc:r.d~ ": 3~T}. ~ . F 199!, ~'":'~^ *^- '~^--:~'" "^ v._, . . . . .

=-o- -~= chc='~:.'m}- nn.'xt'.=:c= for ;;~'ch L~.e rn~'~:~a~uror ; ..... ;~;-- 100 oercent sulfur hexafluoride where tested as specified in

Section 0 - g ~ . 4-6.5 Foo~.':zar ".:F~er .~.: 'c~2 -^~mFlc= =h~2! bc tcztc~ f~r tic'.=

of :no hour or !c=: for c:ch chc:='2c=2 in 3~eT~..1 F 190!, Culdc fc.r Chc:ni-~': tc E-."2-aatc Prctc:'- ':c Clc'~'ng ~.~atc-a!:, when tezted -~- zpc:~:c~ in ~c~-cn ~ .g (Combine requirement with 4-6.4)

4-7.1 Sample ~a'rnent and visor material se: "% shall not exhibit normalized breakthrough detection times of one laour or less for

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . 7.=ay . . . . . . . . ~c . . . . . . . or

100 _ mercent su l f u r hexa f l uo r i de , when tested as speci f ied in

Section 9-6. 4-8.1 Sample suit closure assemblies shall z!.ow no ~cnc=:'=:2cn

chc-~!c~'~ or :poc'~= chcrn..!-~..~ ~ :. :.=:.-:=.: for which "~he :n..=nufacturcr i~ ccr~d~Sng "~hc ~ui=, v:h~n tc~d ~ =pec'~cd in SccSon 9 ~5 be tested for permeation resistance and shall not exhibit breakthrough detection times of one hour or less for 100 percent sulfur hexafluoride, where tested as specified in Secdon 9- 6. SUBSTANTIATION: The proposed revisions in the performance requirements attempt to streamline testing requirements and address primary end user concerns about reduction in barrier effectiveness form use (for abrasion and flexing conditions) and

995

Page 8: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

provide performance consistent with all parts of the ensemble, including closures. Sulfur hexafluoride represents a viable test chemical surrogate. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee believes differences in material construction that are affected by flexing and abrasion may not be detected by a single surrogate chemical.

(Log #4) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 10- (4-3.3): Accept Note: This Proposal appeared as Comment 1991-12 which was

held from the Annual 94TCD on Proposal 1991-2. SUBMITTER= Jeffrey o . Stull, Austin, TX RECOMMENDATION: Change paragraph 4-5.5 to read:

"Garment materials samples shall be tested for bursting strength and shall have a bursting strength of not less than 200 N (45 Ibf) as specified in Section 9-10 of this standard." SUBSTANTIATION: The new minimum requirement reflects a change is the selected test method for measuring bursting strength. The table shows a comparison of the two techniques for selected chemical protective clothing materials.

Note: Supporting material is available for review at NFPA Headquarters. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Number revised to new format. See Section 5-2.3 of the 1799 Report on Proposals draft shown at the end of this report.

(Log #5) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 11 - (4-4.2): Accept Note: This Proposal appeared as Comment 1991-15 which was

held from the Annual 94TCD on Proposal 1991-2. SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Austin, "IX RECOMMENDATION: Change paragraph 4-4.2 to read:

"Visor or faceshield materials samples shall be tested for bursting strength and shall have a bursting strength of not less than 200 N (45 lbf) as specified in Section 9-10 of this standard." SUBSTANTIATION: The new minimum requirement reflects a change is the selected test method for measuring bursting strength. The table shows a comparison of the two techniques for selected chemical protective clothing materials.

Note: Supporting material is available for review at NFPA Headquarters. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #1) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 12 - (4-5.2): Accept in Principle Note: This Proposal appeared as Comment 1991-15 which was

held from the Annual 94TCD on Proposal 1991-2. SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Austin, TX RECOMMENDATION: Modify paragraph 4-5.2 to:

"Glove material samples shall be tested for cut resistance and shall exhibit a cut distance of 1 in. (2.5 cm) at 0.9 Ib (0.4 kg) or greater when tested as specified in Section 9-15 of this standard." SUBSTANTIATION: The currently specified cut resistance test method fails to adequately discriminate cut resistance performance of chemical protective clothing and suffers from lack of interlaboratory accuracy and precision as demonstrated by the ASTM F25 Committee on Protective Clothing. The proposed test method reflects significant improvements in test preaston and discrimination of performance among chemical protective clothing tests. The proposed performance requirement is "equivalent" the original requirements based on testing for the same products. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Committee Action and Statement on Proposal 1991-15 (Log #11).

(Log #11 ) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 13 - (4-5.2 and 4-6.2): Accept SUBMITTER: Jeffrey o . Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Replace glove and footwear cut

I requirements and test method. Modify requirements for glove and footwear as follows: 5-4.3 Glove material specimens shall be tested for cut resistance

as specified in Section 6-11, Cut Resistance Test, and shall have a cut distance of not more than 25 mm (1.0 in.).

5-5.3 Footwear upper material specimens shall be tested for cut resistance as specified in Section 6-11, Cut Resistance Test, and shall have a cut distance of not more than 25 mm (1.0 in.). SUBSTANTIATION: The cut test method in the 1994 edition of the standard is imprecise and does not readily discriminate performance among different gloves. The recommended test method is based on ASTM F1790, which has recently been approved and applies to a full range of glove systems. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #7a) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 14 - (4-5.7 (New)): Accept in Principle SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, lnt'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Add new paragraph 4-5.7.

4-5.7 Glove specimens shall be tested for dexterity as specified in Section 9-7, "Dexterity Test" and shall have the dexterity time not exceed 140 percent of the bare-handed control time. SUBSTANTIATION: The current requirement for glove dexterity is a report-only requirement. Dexterity is a serious problem among users of vapor-protective suits and a minimum requirement should he provided that ensures end users have an appropriate level of dexterity for performance of tasks during emergency chemical response. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

Revise text to read: 5-4.6 Glove specimens shall be tested for hand function as

specified in Section 6-17, Glove Hand Function Tests, and shall meet the following requirements:

(a) The glove specimens shall have an average percent of barehand control not exceeding 140 percent for the Gross Dexterity Test A;

(b) The glove specimens shall have an average percent of barehand control not exceeding 140 percent for the Gross Dexterity Test B;

(c) The glove specimens shall permit a pin with an average diameter of 5 mm (0.20 in.) to be picked up for the Fine Dexterity Test;

(d) The glove specimens shall permit pins with an averagte spacing of 5 mm (0.20 in.) to be detected for the TactilityTest; and

(e) The glove specimens shall have an average percent of barehand control average of not less dlan 80 percent for the Grip Test. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee added more criteria and renumbered.

(Log #12) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 15 - (4-5.8 (New)): Accept in Principle SUBMTI'rER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'! Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Add new paragraph to read as follows:

4-5.8 The design of the glove to vapor-protective suit sleeve interface shall be designed to permit removal o f gloves within 30 seconds and permit tile replacement of gloves. SUBSTANTIATION: End users should have the ability to readily replace gloves wltich have become damaged or need to be resized to fit tile individual wearer. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

Add new 4-2.2 to read: 4-2.2 The glove to vapor-protective suit sleeve interface shall be

designed to permit removal and replacement of the gloves attached to each suit sleeve witlfin 30 minutes. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee agrees with the submitter but views glove replacement as a maintenance function and not intended to be a "field" function.

Therefore, the Committee has set a removal/replacement time at 30 minutes.

996

Page 9: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 m F 9 9 R O P

Committee: ( t ~ - g I - ~ 1991- 16 - (4-6.2): Accept in Principle

Note: This Proposal appeared as Comment 1991-20 which was held from the Annual 9 4 T C D on Proposal 1991-2. SUBMITrER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Austin, TX RECOMMENDATION: Modify paragraph 4-6.2 to:

"Footwear upper material samples shall be tested for cut resistance andshal l exhibit a cut distance of 1 in. (2.5 cm) at 0.9 lb (0.4 kg) or greater when tested as specified in Section 9-15 of this standard." SUBSTANTIATION: The currendy specified cut resistance test method falls to adequately discriminate cut resistance performance of chemical protective clothing and suffers from lack of interlabocatory accuracy and precision as demonstrated by the ASTM F23 Committee on Protective Clothing. The proposed test method reflects significant improvements in test precision and discrimination of performance among chemical protective clothing tests. The proposed performance requirement is "equivalent" the original requirements based on testing for the same products. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Committee Action and Statement on Proposal 1991-13 (Log #11).

(Log #19) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 17 - (48.1, 9-fi 9-25): Reject SUBMITrER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Replace paragraph 48.1 with the following:

1. "Sample suit closure assemblies shall be tested for chemical

~ ermeadon resistance as specified in Section 6-6, Chemical ermeataon Resistance Test, and shall not exhibit a normalized

breakthrough detection time of one hour or less for sulfur hexafluoride."

2. Revise and renumber Section 9-6 to modify test method to include testing of closure assembly as follows:

6-6 Chemical Permeation Resistance Test. 6-6.1 Application. 6-6.1.1 This test method shall apply to garment materials, visor

materials, glove materials, footwear materials, seams, and suit closure assemblies.

6-6.1.2 Modifications to this test method for testing primary suit materials (garment materials, visor materials, glove materials, and footwear materials) shall be as specified in 6-6.7.

6-6.1.3 Modifications to this test method for testing garment materials after flexing and abrasion shall be as specified in 6-6.8.

6-6.1.4 Modifications to this test method for testing glove materials after flexing and abrasion shall be as specified in 6-6.9,

6-6.1.5 Modifications to this test method for testing footwear materials after flexing and abrasion shall be as specified in 6-6.10.

6-6.1.6 Modifications to this test method for testing seams shall be as specified in 6-6.11.

6-6.1.7 Modifications to this test method for testing closure assemblies shall be as specified in 6-6.12.

6-6.1.8 Modifications to this test for testing primary materials against liquefied gases shall be as specified m 6-6.13.

6-6.1.9 Modifications to this test for testing garment, glove, and footwear material following cold temperature embrittlement exposure shall be as specified in 6-6.14.

6-6.2 Specimens. 6-6.2.1 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested. 6-6.2.2 For composite materials, only the chemical protection

layer shall be tested for chemical permeation resistance. 6-6.3 Sample Preparation. 6-6.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned at least as specified in

6-1.2. 6-6.4 Procedure. 6-6.4.1 Permeation resistance shall be measured in accordance

with ASTM F739, Test Method for Resistance of Protective Clothing Materials to Permeation by Liquids and Gases, at 77°F ±3°F, (25°C _+.2°C) for a test duration of at least 3 hours.

6-6.4.2* The minimum detectable permeation rate for the permeation test apparatus shall be measured for each chemical tested. The minimum detectable permeation rate shall be less 2 than or equal to 0.10 pg /cm / r a in for all permeation resistance tests. When using dosed loop systems, the testing laboratory shall assume one hour accumulated permeation.

6-6.5 Report.

6-6.5.1 The following information and results shall be reported: (a) Material type or name; (b) Chemical or chemical mixture (volume composition of

mixture); (c) Permeation normalized breakthrough detection time

(minutes) calculated at a system detectable permeation ,rate of 0.10 pg /cm2/min ;

(d) Maximumpermeat ion rate (~tg/crn2/min) observed; (e) Minimum detectable rate for test apparatus (pg /cm2/min) ; (f) Detection method; (g) Date of test; and (h) Testing laboratory. 6-6.5.2 The manufacturer shall report all three measured

normalized breakthrough detection times in the technical data package.

6-6.5.3 The manufacturer shall report all three observed permeation rates in the technical data package.

6-6.6 Interpretation. 6-6.6.1 The shortest normalized breakthrough detection time

shall be used in determining compliance for the particular material/chemical combination. Any normal izedbreakthrough detection time less than 60 minutes constitutes falling performance.

6-6.7 Specific Requirements for Testing Primary Materials. 6-6.7.1 Samples for conditioning .shall be either vapor-protective

ensembles or garment materials, visor materials, gloves, and footwear.

6-6.8 Specific Requirements for Testing Garment Materials After Flexing and Abrading.

6-6.8.1 Samples for conditioning shall be 200 mm by 280 mm (8 in. by 11 in.) rectangles.

6-6.8.2 Samples shall first be conditioned by flexing as specified in 6-1.3. Following flexing, a new sample shall be cut from the center of the flexed sample which measures 45 mm by 230 mm (1 7 /8 in. by 9 in.).

6-6.8.3 The new samples shall then be conditioned by abrading as specified in 6-1.4. Following abrasion, only one specimen for permeation resistance testing shall be taken from each sample subjected to abrasion. The permeation test specimen shall be taken from the exact center of the abraded sample so that the center of the permeation test and the center of the abraded sample coincide.

6-6.9 Specific Requirements for Testing Glove Materials After Flexing and Abrading.

6-6.9.1 Samples for conditioning shall be whole gloves. 6-6.9.2 Samples shall first be conditioned by flexing as specified

in 6-1.5. Following flexing, a new sample shall be cut from the gauntlet portion of the flexed sample which measures 45 mm by 230 mm ( 1 7 /8 in. by 9 in.). •

6-6.9.3 The new samples shall then be conditioned by abrading as specified in 6-1.4. Followingabrasion, only one specimen for permeation resistance testing shall be taken from each sample subjected to abrasion. The permeation test specimen shall be taken from the exact center of the abraded sample so that the center of the permeation test and the center of the abraded sample coincide.

6-6.10 Specific Requirements for Testing Garment Materials After Flexing and Abrading.

645.10.1 This test shall apply to all types of footwear configurations. If the footwear incorporates a bootie constructed of garment material, the garment material flex fatigue resistance test may be substituted for this test.

6-6.10.2 Samples for conditioning shall be whole footwear items. 6-6.10.3 Samples shall first be conditioned by flexing as specified

in 6-1.6. Following flexing, new samples shall be taken in areas from the footwear upper where the greatest flexing occurred (usually at the footwear quarter or vamp) measuring 45 mm by 230 mm (1 7 /8 in. by 9 in.).

6-6.10.4 The new samples shall then be conditioned b~ abrading as specified in 6-1.4. Following abrasion, only one specimen for permeation resistance testing shall be taken from each sample subjected to abrasion. The permeation test specimen shall be taken from the exact center of the abraded sample so that the center of the permeation test and the center of the abraded sample coincide.

6-6.11 Specific Requirements for Testing Seams. 6-6.11.1 Seam specimens shall be prepared from seam samples

which have a minimum of 152 mm (6 in.) of material on each side of the seam center. Permeation test specimens shall be cut such that the exact seam center divides the specimen in half.

6-6.11.2 Seam specimens shall be p repared representing or shall be taken from each different type of seam found in the vapor-

997

Page 10: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

protective suit, including as a minimum the garment to garment material seams and the garment to visor material seams.

6-6.11.3 Samples for conditioning shall be 600 mm (23.6 in.) lengths of prepared seam or cut from vapor-protective ensembles.

6-6.12 Specific Requirements for Testing Closure Assemblies. 6-6.12.1 Closure assembly specimens shall be prepared from

seam sampits which have a minimum of 152 mm (6in.) of material on each side of the closure chain. Permeation test specimens shall be cut such that the exact closure chain divides the specimen in half.

6-6.12.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.7. 6-6.12.3 Samples for conditioning shall be full lengths of

prepared closure assembly or cut from vapor-protective ensembles. 6-6.12.4 Permeation testing shall be conducted against 99.9

percent sulfur hexafluoride gas using a permeation cell having a minimum 51 mm (2 in.) diameter.

6-6.12.5 Normalization of the permeation breakthrough time shall be at 1.0 ~tg/cm2/min.

6-6.13 Specific Requirements for Testing Primary Materials A~6nst Liquefied Gases.

.13.1 T h e test cell and test chemical shall be maintained at a temperature sufficient to keep the test chemical as a liquid such that a 0.5 inch (1.3 cm) liquid layer is maintained at all times during the test.

6-6.13.2 The permeation test shall be conducted for a minimum of one hour,

6-6.14 Specific Requirements for Testing Garment, Glove, and Footwear Materials Following cold Temperature Embrit t iement Exposure.

6-6.14.1 Samples for conditioning shall be garment material, glove material from the glove gauntlet, and footwear material from the footwear upper.

6-6.14.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.8. 6-6.14.3 Only one specimen for permeation resistance testing

shall be taken from each sample subjected to embrit t lement conditioning. The permeation test specimen shall be taken from the exact center of the folded sample so that the center of the permeation test and the center of the folded sample coincide.

3. Delete Section 9-25. SUBSTANTIATION: 1994 edition of NFPA 1991 evaluates closures for liquid penetrat ion onl~f, even though the rest of the ensemble" is evaluated for permeauon resistance. This represents an inconsistency in the testing of the ensemble and allows the closure to be the weakest link in the ensemble design. COMMITTEE ACTION: Reject. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The suit closure system is evaluated through other tests required in this standard such as the shower test, pressure test, and reward leakage test.

means is provided for affixing it to the fixed (bottom) arm of a tensile testing machine and that a minimum 50 mm (2.0 in.) unobstructedspace is provided under the specimen.

6-x.4.2 A flat plate pushing device shall be 50 mm (2.0 in.) in diameter and shall have a means for being attached to the movable (upper) arm of a tensile testing machine. The flat plate shall be oriented perpendicular to the motion of the pushing force.

6-x.4.3 The tensile testing machine shall meet the following criteria:

(a) It shall be capable of holding the specimen mounting ring securely in the fixed, lower arm.

(b) It shall be capable of holding the flat plate pushing device securely in the movable, upper arm.

(c) It shall have a calibrated dial, scale, or chart to indicate the applied load and elongation.

(d) The error of the machine shall not exceed 2% of any reading within its loading range.

(e) It shall be outfitted with a compression cell. The testing machine shall be configured with the compression cell on either the lower or upper arm.

6-x..5 Procedure. 6-x.5.1 Specimens shall be clamped into the specimen mounting

ring and attached to fixed arm of a tensile testing machine. 6-x.5.2 The flat plate pushing device shall be attached to the

movable arm of a tensile testing machine. 6-x.5.3 The tensile testing machine shall be set in operation, but

stop when the exhaust valve either breaks through the material, or the material breaks along the specimen mounting ring. The flat plate pushing device shall have a velocity of 300 m m / m i n (12 m. /min) under load conditions and shall be uniform at all times.

6-x.5.4 The maximum force registered by the indicating device of the tensile testing machine shall be recorded for each determination.

6-x.6 Report. 6-x.6.1 The mounting strength of each specimen shall be

reported to the nearest I N (0.25 ib force). The average mounting strength shall be calculated and reported to the nearest 1 N (0.25 lb force).

6-x.7 Interpretation. 6-x.7.1 The average mounting strength shall be used to

determine pass/fail performance. SUBSTANTIATION: Exhaust valves may. be accidentally pushed in when the ensemble wearer bumps against a solid object such as a wall. The proposed test specifies a minimum strength for the exhaust valve mounting in the suit wall. This requirement is intended to prevent accidental push-in of the suit exhaust valve. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #20) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 18 - (4-9.x, 6-x (New)): Accept SUBMrlTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Add new requirement as follows:

5-8.2 Exhaust valve specimens shall be tested for mounting strength as specified in Section 6-x, Mounting Strength Test, and shall have a failure force of not less than 135 N (30 lbf).

Add new 6-x for exhaust valve mounting strength requirement and test method as follows:

6-x Exhaust Valve Mounting Strength Test. 6-x.1 Application. 6-x.l.1 This test method shall apply to exhaust valves mounted in

va~xOroprotective ensembles. • 2 Specimens.

6-x.2.1 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested. A specimen shall consist of an exhaust valve mounted into a piece of garment material having a minimum diameter of 200 mm (8.0 in.). The means of mounting the exhaust waive shall be representative of the construction practices used to fabricate the vapor-protective suit.

6-x.3 Sample Preparation. 6-x.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be exhaust valve and suit

material specimens described in 6-x.2.1. 6-x.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2. 6-x.4 Apparatus. 6-x.4.1 A specimen mounting ring shall be used for clamping the

sample. The mounting ring shall have an inner diameter of 152 mm (6.0 in.). The mounting ring shall have a means for tightly clamping the specimen along the circumference of the ring and shall hold the specimen perpendicular to the motion of the pushing force. The mounting ring shall be designed such that a

(Log #21) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 19 - (4-10.x, 6-x (New)): Accept SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, I n t lPe r sonne l Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Add new requirement as follows:

5-9.2 Specimens of external fittings shall be tested for pull out strength as specified in Section 6-x, FitfingPull Out Strength Test, and shall withstand a force of 1000 N (225 lbs force).

Add new Section 6-x for external fitting pull out strength requirement and test method as follows:

6-x External Fitting Pull Out Strength Test. 6-x.1 Application. 6-x.1.1 This test method shall apply to each type of external

fitting used in vapor-protective ensembles. 6-x.2 Specimens. 6-x.2.1 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested. A

specimen shall consist of the entire external fitting assembly. The means of mounting the external fitting assembly shall be representative of the construction practices used to fabricate the vapor-protective suit.

6-x.3 Sample Preparation. 6-x.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be external fitting and suit

material specimens described in 6-X.2.1. 6-x.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2. 6-x.4 Apparatus. 6-x.4.1 A specimen mounting ring shall be used for clamping the

sample. The mounting ring shall have an inner diameter of 150 mm (6.0 in.). The mounting ring shall have a means for tightly clamping the specimen along the circumference of the ring and shall hold the specimen perpendicular to the motion of the pushin~ force. T h e mounting ring shall be designed such that a means is provided for affixing it to the fixed (bottom) arm of a tensile testing machine.

998

Page 11: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 ~ F9 9 R O P

6-x.4.2 A set of tensile machine jaws shall be used to pull the external fitting perpendicular to the surface of the suit material in which the external fitting is mounted.

6-x.4.3 The tensile testing machine shall meet the following criteriz:

(a) It shall be capable of holding the specimen mount ing ring securely in the fixed, lower arm.

(b) It shall be capable of holding the flat plate pushing device securely in the movable, upper arm.

(c) It shall have a calibrated dial, scale, or chart to indicate the applied load and elongation.

(d) The error o f the machine shall not exceed 2 percent o f any reading within its loading range.

(e) It shall be outfitted with a load cell. The testing machine shall be configured wi t / the compression cell on either the lower or upper arm.

6-x.5 Procedure. 6-x.5.1 Specimens shall be clamped into the specimen mount ing

ring and at tached to fixed arm of a tensile testing machine. 6-x.5.2 The jaws of the movable arm of a tensile testing maclfine

shall be clamped onto the body of the external fitting. 6-x.5.3 The tensile testing machine shall be set in operation, but

stop when the external fitting has pulled from the material, or the material breaks along the specimen mount ing ring. The tensile testing machine jaws shall have a velocity of 500 m m / m i n (20 in . /min) unde r load condit ions and shall be uniform at all times.

6-x.5.4 The maximum force registered by the indicating device of the tensile testing machine shall be recorded for each determinat ion.

6-x.6 Report. 6-x.6.1 The pull out s t rength of each specimen shall be repor ted

to the nearest 1 N (1 /4 Ib force). The average pull out s trength shall be calculated and repor ted to the nearest 1 N (1 /4 lb force).

6-x.7 Interpretation. 6-x.7.1 The average pull out s trength shall be used to determine

sPass/fall performance. UBSTANT1ATION: There are no current requirements which

address tile s l rength of the fittings installed on the suit wall. These fittings may be subjected to forces resulting from the wearer pulling air line or having the air line caught on an object. The pull out of the fitting would result in catastrophic loss of suit integrity. The r ecommended test is in tended to establish min imum requirements for the strength of fitting mount ing on the suit wall. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #13) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 20 - (5-2.1): Accept in Principle SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Modify performance requi rement in paragraph 5-2.1 and test me thod In Section 9-17:

Revise as follows: 5-2.1 Sample wapor-protective suits shall be tested for overall

ensemble flash protect ion and shall s h o w after f lame times no longer than 2 seconds and in s u b s e q u e n t m a n n e d wearing of the sample ensemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~, v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

testy and all'ow test subject shall have a visual acuity o f 20/100 when tested as specified by Section 9-27. SUBSTANTIATION: The intent of the requirements in Chapter 5 are to demonstra te the protect ion qualifies of the vapor-protective suit in allowing the end user to safely escape after a chemical flash fire has occurred. It is not in tended that the vapor-protected suit continue to provide the same level of performance as originally required. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

I evise 5-2.1 to read: "Vapor-protective ensemble shall be tested for flash fire protect ion as specified in Section 6-27, Overall Ensemble Flash Test, and shall no t have any after flame time of longer than 2 seconds, shall p e r m i t visual activity through the faceshield or visor material o f 20/100 or better, and shall s h o w an ending pressure of at least 13 mm (1/2 in.) water gauge when subsequently tested as specified in Section 6-2, as Tight Integrity Test; COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee feels that there should be an integrity test of "positive pressure" and chose 13 mm water gauge as a minimum indication of retaining positive pressure.

(Log #14) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 21 - (5-2.4): Accept SUBMIIq'ER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Revise as follows:

5-2.4 Specimens of suit material and glove material shall be tested for rate of stadc electric discharge as specified in Section 6- 29, Static Charge Accumulation Resistance Test, and shall show no voltage greater than 350 volts, 5 seconds after termination of charge generation. SUBSTANTIATION: The current requi rement is impractical for measuring hazards of electrostatic discharge since interior layers will not be subject to the same electrostatic potential as the exterior surface (e.g., the environment inside the suit will be humidified). The proposed revisions to the performance requi rement and test me thod provide a more realistic means for assessing suit performance against this hazard. COMMITTEEACTION: Accept. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Number revised to new format. See 5-6.4 of the F99 Report on Proposals draft shown at the end of this repor~

(Log #6) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 22 - (9-10.1): Accept Note: This Proposal appeared as Comment 1991-32 which was

held from the Annual 9 4 T C D on Proposal 1991-2. SUBMrrTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Austin, TX RECOMMENDATION: Change paragrapb 9-10.1 to read:

"Material burst s t rength shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D 751, Methods of Testing Coated Fabrics, Bursting Strength, using the tension testing machine with ring clamp." SUBSTANTIATION: Burst s trength tesdng based on the mullen technique does no t properly evaluate nonwoven or highly elastic materials because these materials elongate and provide inaccurate measurements . The ball and ring clamp me thod equally accommodates chemical protective clothing materials and better simulates the physical hazard being modeled. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept. COMMITrEE STATEMENT: Number revised to new format. See 6-10.1 of the F99 Report on Proposals draft shown at the end of this report.

(Log #3) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 23 - (9-15): Accept in Principle Note: This Proposal appeared as Comment 1991-36 which was

held from the Annual 9 4 T C D on Proposal 1991-2. SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Austin, TX RECOMMENDATION: Replace Section %15 witll the following procedure :

9-15 Glove and Footwear Upper Material Cut Resistance Test. 9-15.1 Each sample specimen shall be a 2 in. x 4 in. (5 c m x 10

cm) rectangular specimen. Multiple cut at tempts shall be permit ted to be made on each specimen. Glove samples for cut resistance shall be taken from the palm or back of file glove, whichever area is thinnest. Footwear upper samples for cut resistance shall be taken from the areas of the footwear upper where the thickness is uniform.

%15.2 During the test, the sample specimen shall be oriented so that the normal outer surface of file glove is the first to be contact by the edge of the blade.

9-15.3 Five cuts shall be made on each sample specimen at each load.

%15-4* A cut performance tester shall be used for measuring cut resistance (Figure 9-15.4 shows a photograph of file device labeling its var iousparts and components) .

9-15.5" Textile Gru-Gru blades shall be used with this device. %15.6 Before turning on or operating the cut performance tester,

the test operator shall ensure that there are no blades in the blade holder and there are no weights on the cutting arm.

9-15.7 The ins t rument shall be operated ,as follows: 9-15.7.1 The device shall be plugged in a 110 VAC outlet and

turned on. %15.7.2 The cutting arm shall be calibrated by first installing a

new blade into file blade holder. The counterweights on file rear of the cutting arm shall then be adjusted such that the arm is balanced with the blade just contacting the material mandrel .

9-15.7.3 With tile blade still in the blade holder, the angle of blade contact with the mandrel shall be checked. The blade shall make fiat, parallel contact with the surface of the mandrel .

999

Page 12: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F99 R O P

Adjustments to correct this contact shall be adjusted with the two Allen bolts on the side of the mandrel. The Allen bolts shall be tightened after any adjustments are made.

0-15.7.4 The blade shall be removed from the blade holder. 9-15.7.5 The test operator shall ensure that the cutting arm is in

the far rear position and make adjustments by turning the small hand crank on the cutting arm cam.

%15.7.6 A 2.0 in x 4.0 in. (5.0 x 10.0 cm) piece of double-sided tape shall be placed on the mandrel for securing the sample onto the cut performance tester.

9-15.7.7 The material specimen shall be placed over the top of the double-side tape on the mandrel. The test operator shall ensure that the material specimen makes smooth contact with all portions of the mandrel. The material specimen shall be cut on ~ts bias (at a 45 degree angle to machine and cross-machine directions).

%15.7.8 The blade shall be inserted into the blade holder with the cutting arm slot and tightened by the thumb screw.

9-15.7.9 With the cutting arm held off the sample with the arm rest, the selected weights shall be placed over the rod on the cutting arm.

9-15.7.10 The distance measuring counter shall be zeroed. 9-15.7.11 The special tool shall be inserted into the hole located

at the end of the cutting arm. Using this tool, the cutting arm shall be lifted, and the arm rest flipped over so that the blade rests on the material specimen gently.

9-15.7.12 The cut performance tester shall be started by selecting forward and pressing the on button.

%15.7.13 The cut performance tester shall stop its motion once the blade has cut through the material specimen and contacted the metal mandrel. When the cut performance tester has stopped, the weight and distance cut shall be recorded.

9-15.8 Tests shall be rerun at a higher weight if the cut performance tester does not cut through the material and stop in one cycle.

9-15.9 A individual blade shall be used only for each replicate cu t .

9-15.10 Additional weights shall be added and the procedure repeated per 9-15.7 to achieve cut distances ranging from approximately 0.3 to 1.8 in (0.7 to 4.5 cm).

9-15.11 The load (weight) versus distance data shall be plotted on a graph. The load value at a cut distance of 1 in (2.5 crn) shall be interpolated by a best fitting curve of the data and reported as the load to "1 in. (2.5 cm) cut."

A-9.15.4 The Cut Performance Tester is available from Ashland, Inc. 2388 Brackenville Road, Hockessin, DE 19707 (302-239-2018).

A-9-15.5 Textile Gru-Gru blades, Part No 88-0121, from the American Safety Razor Blade Co., Staunton, Virginia (1-800- 33674061 ) are suitable for this test. SUBSTANTIATION: The currendy specified cut resistance test method fails to adequately discriminate cut resistance performance of chemical protective clothing and suffers from lack of interlaboratory accuracy and precision as demonstrated by the ASTM F23 Committee on Protective Clothing. The proposed test method reflects significant improvements in test precision and discrimination of performance among chemical protective clothing tests. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: See Committee Action and Statement on Proposal 1991-24 (Log #11a).

(Log #11a) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 24- (9-15): Accept SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Replace glove and footwear cut requirements and test method.

Modify test method and renumber as follows: 6-15 Cut Resistance Test. 6-15.1 Application. 6-15.1.1 This test method shall apply to glove materials and

footwear upper materials. 6-15.1.2 Modifications to this test method for evaluation of glove

materials shall be as specified in 6-15.8. 6-15.1.3 Modifications to this test method for evaluation of

footwear upper materials shall be as specified in 6-15.9. 6-15.2 Specimens. 6.15.2.1 A minimum of three specimens, consisting of all layers,

shall be tested. 6-15.3 Sample Preparation.

6-15.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be whole gloves or footwear uppers.

6-15.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2. 6-15.4 Procedure. 6-15.4.1 Specimens shall be evaluated in accordance with ASTM

F1790, Test Methods for Measuring Cut Resistance of Materials Used in Protective Clothing, with the following modification:

(a) Specimens shall be tested to a specific load with the measurement of cut distance.

6-15.5. Report. 6-15.5.1 The cut distance shall be reported to the nearest 1 mm

(0.05 in.) for each sample specimen. The average cut distance in mm (in.) shall be reported for all specimens tested.

6-15.6 Interpretation. 6-15.6.1 The average cut force shall be used to determine

pass/fail performance. 6-15.7 Specific Requirements for Testing Glove Materials. 6-15.7.1 Specimens shall be taken from the back and palm of the

glove and shall not include seams. 6-15.7.2 Cut resistance testing shall be performed under a load of

400 grams. 6-15.8 Specific Requirements for Testing Footwear Upper

Materials. 6-15.8.1 Specimens shall be taken from the parts of the footwear

upper which provide uniform thickness and shall not include s e a m s .

6-15.8.2 Cut resistance testing shall be performed under a load of 800 grams. SUBSTANTIATION: The cut test method in the 1994 edition of the standard is imprecise and does not readily discriminate performance among different gloves. The recommended test method is based on ASTM F1790, which has recently been approved and applies to a full range of glove systems. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

(Log #7b) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 25 - (9-17): Accept in Principle SUBMITIT~ Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Modify test procedure in 9-17:

9-17 Dexterity Test. 9-17.1 Application. 9-17.1.1 This text shall apply to gloves and glove combinations

used in vapor-protective suits. 9-17.2 Specimens. 9-17.2.1 A minimum of three gloves pairs shall be used for

testing. 9-17.2.2 Each sample glove pair shall be tested as a complete set

of gloves in new, as distributed, condition. 9-17.2.3 Glove pair specimens shall not receive special softening

treatments prior to tests. 9-17.9.4 Sample glove pairs shall be tested for each material and

construction combination. 9-17.3 Sample Preparation. 9-17-3.1 Glove pair specimens shall be preconditioned as

specified in 6-1.2. 9-17.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be whole glove pairs. 9-17.4 Procedure. 9-17.4.1 Dexterity shall be evaluated using the standardized

procedure known as the Bennett Dexterity Test. 9-17.4.2 Test subjects shall be selected such that their hand

dimensions are as close as possible with the recommended size for the specific glove or glove combination.

9-17.4.3 Each test subject used to perform the test shall practice until the baseline times of that person's last three repetitions varies no more than 6 percent.

9-17.4.4 Each test subject shall be tested with a minimum of three pairs of gloves. A minimum of six dexterity tests with gloves shall be conducted, with at least three dexterity tests with small sized gloves and three dexterity tests with large sized gloves.

9-17.4.5 Dexterity test times with gloves shall be compared with baseline dexterity test times for specific test subjects. The percentage of dexterity test times with gloves to baseline dexterity test times shall be calculated as follows:

Percent of = Dexterity test time (with ulovesl x 100 barehanded control Dexterity test time (baseline)

9-17.5 Report. 9-17.5.1 The percent of bare band control shall be reported for

each pair specimen and test subject tested. 9-17g6 l°ve Interpretation.

1000

Page 13: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F99 R O P

9-17.6.1 One or more glove pair specimens failing this test shall constitute fail ingperformance. SUBSTANTIATION: The current requirement for glove dexterity is a report-only requirement. Dexterity is a serious problem among users of vapor-protective suits and a minimum requirement should be provided that ensures end users have an appropriate level of dexterity for performance of tasks during emergency chemical response. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept in Principle.

Revise text to read: 6-17 Glove Hand Function Tests. 6-17.1 Application. 6-17.1.1 This test shall apply to gloves. 6-17.2 Specimens. 6-17.2.1 A minimum of three glove pairs for each size provided

with the suit shall be used for testing. 6-17.2.2 Each glove pair shall be tested as a complete set of

gloves in new, as distributed, condition. 6-17.2.$ Glove pair specimens shall not receive special softening

treatments prior to tests. 6-17.3 Sample Preparation. 6-17.3.1 Glove pair specimens shall be preconditioned as

specified in 6-1.2. 6-17.$.2 Samples for conditioning shall be whole glove pairs. 6-17.4 Procedures. 6-17.4.1 Each available size of gloves shall be evaluated with at

least one separate test subject with the same pair of gloves for each of the hand functions specified in 6-17.4.2, 6-17.4.3, 6-17.4.4, and 6-17.4.5.

6-17.4.2 A minimum of five different glove pairs shall be evaluated. When less than 5 different sizes of gloves are available, different pairs of the same sized gloves shall be permitted to be tested by different test subjects to meet the minimum five glove pair testing requirement.

6-17.4.3 Test subjects shall be selected such that their hand dimensions are a close as possible to those specified in accordance with manufacturing glove sizing guidelines.

6-17.4.4 Each test subject used to perform this testing shall practice of the hand functions a minimum of $ times before conducting actual testing.

6-17.4.5 Gross Dexterity Procedure A. 6-17.4.5.1 A knot tying test apparatus shall be used which consists

of rectangular blocks o f wood with two holes and shoelace. The rectangular blocks shall have a nominal size of 100 m m x 265 mm

x 50 mm (4 in. x 10.4 in. x 2 in.)., Each hole shall have a diameter of 12.7 mm (0.5 in.). The two holes shall be separated by a distance of 100 mm (4.0 in.). A shoelace shall be strung through the holes. The shoelace shall be 1200 ram, :~25 mm (47in. ±1 in.) in length and weight 6.0, x~0.25 g (0.2 oz, £'0.001 oz).

6-17.4.5.2 Before each test, the shoelaces shall be untied and laying to the sides of the wood block.

6-17.4.5.$ The test subject shall be required to tie and untie the shoelaces into a shoelace know a total of ten times. The test shall begin with the first touch of the shoelaces by the test subject and the completion of untyin~ the tenth know.

6-17.4A.4 The time to tie and untie all knots shall be measured for each test subject and shall be known as the dexterity test time.

6-17.4.5.5 Each test sui~ect shall perform the test following[ the steps in 6-17.4.5.2 through 6-17.4.5.4 until the dexterity test times of that person's last three repetitious varies no more than 8 percent. The lowest dexterity test time of the last three repetitions shall be used as the baseline dexterity test time (DTTb). Each test shall be conducted without the test subject's knowledge of the dexterity test time for each test.

6-17.4.5.6 Each test subject shall then perform the test following the steps in 6-17.4.5.2 through 6-17.4.5.4 with the pair of test gloves. The measured dexterity test time shall be used as the dexterity test time with gloves (DTTg). The test shall be conducted without the test subject's knowledge of the dexterity test time for each test.

6-17.4.5.7 The dexterity test times with gloves shall be compared with the baseline dexterity test time for ~ach test subject. The percentage of barehand control shall be calculated as follows:

Percent of = I ~ (100) barehand control Dttb

6-17.4.6 Gross Dexterity Procedure B. 6-17.4.6.1 A peg board apparatus shall be used which consists of

25 stainless steel pins and a peg board. Each stainless steel pin I shall have a diameter of 9.5 mm (0.375 in.) and length of 38.1 mm (1.5 in.). The peg board shall have 25 holes with each hole having

a diameter of (0.$9 in.) and a depth of (0.5 in.). The holes shall be in a 5 x 5 pattern and each hole shall have a separation of 24 mm (1 in.) from other holes.

6-17.4.6.2 Before each test, the pegs shall be placed on a hard, smooth surface adjacent to the peg board (on the right side for right-handed test subjects and on the left side for left-handed test subjects).

6-i7.4.6.3 In s ta r tng the test, each peg shall be grasped near its end and shall be placed in the peg board from left-to-fight and top-to-bottom. /

6-17.4.6.4 The time to place all pegs in the peg board shall be measured for each test subject and shall be known as the dexterity test time.

6-17.4.6.5 Each test subject shall perform the test following the steps in 6-17.4.6.2 through 6-17.4.6.4 until the dexterity test times of that person's last three repetitions varies no more than 8 percent. The lowest dexterity test time of the last three repetitions shall be used as the baseline dexterity test time (DTTb). Each test shall be conducted without the test subject's knowledge of the dexterity test time for each test.

6-17.4.6.6 Each.test subject sha lHhen perform the test following the steps in 6-17.4.6.2 through 6-17.4.6.4 with the pair of test gloves. The measured dexterity test time shall be used as the dexterity test time with gloves (DTTg). The test shall be conducted without the test subject's knowledge of the dexterity test time for each test.

6-17.4.6.7 The dexterity test rimes with gloves shall be compared with the baseline dexterity test time for each test subject. The percentage of barehand control shall be calculated as follows:

Percent of = D_ttg (100) barehand control Dtt b

6-17.4.7 Hne Dexterity Procedure. 6-17.4.7.1 Ten metal pins having diameters o f l l mm (0.430 in.),

9.5 mm (0.$70 in.), 8 mm (0.310in.), 6.5 mm (0.260 in.), 5 mm (0.200 in.), $.5 mm (0.158 in.), 2.5 nun (0.098 in.), 1.5 mm (0.058 in.), 0.5 mm (0.018 in.), and 0.2 nun (0.008 in.) which have a length of 50 nun, +10 mm (2 in., :L-0.4 in.).

6-I7.4.7.2 With each of the metal pins hying on a flat, smooth surface at a spacing of 100 mm, ~ mm (4 in., x~0.8 in.), the test subject shall attempt to pick up each pin starting with the largest diameter pin. The test subject shall be provldeda period of 10 seconds to complete picking up each pin and then shall hold the pin for a minimum of 10 seconds.

6-17.4.8 Tactility Procedure. 6-17.4.8.1. A two-point discriminator test apparatus shall be used

which consists of sets of two pins, having a diameter of 0.84 mm (0.035 in.) spaced apart at distances of 2 nun (0.08 in.), $ mm (0.12 in.), 4 mm (0.16 in.), 5 mm (0.20 in.), 6 mm (0.24 in.), 7 mm (0.~8 in.), and 8 mm (0.$2 in.). A single (one) pin control shall also be included.

6-17.4.8.2 The test subject shall don the pair of gloves and place their glove hands in posttion where they are h idden from the test subject's view. Hiding the gloves from view shall be accomplished by apar t i t ion or other similar means.

6-17.4.8.$ A test administrator using the two-point discriminator test apparatus shall press the series o f two pin sets and the control against the test subject's index finger in a random order. The test administrator shall apply sufficient pressure of the two-point discriminator test apparatus so that the pins cause indentation of the glove materials without causing pain to the test subject.

6-17.4.8.4 The test administrator shall indicate to test administrator whether they can feel one or two pins.

6-17.4.9 Grip Procedure. 6-17.4.9.1 Grip testing shall be evaluated with the use of 95 mm

(0.$75 in.) diameter, three-strand, prestretched polyester rope attached to a calibrated force measuring device.

6-17.4.9.2 Each test subject shall make three successive attempts to pull as hard as possible on the rope, using both hands and keeping both feet firmly planted on the ground. The average force measured by the calibrated force measuring device shall be calculated and known as the baseline weight pulling capacity (WPCb).

I 6-17.4.9.3 After a minimum rest period of 5 minutes, each test subject while wearing gloves shall make three successive attempts to pull as hard as possible on the rope, using both hands and keeping both feet firmly planted on the ground. The average force measured by the calibrated force measuring device shall be calculated and known as the weight pulling capacity with gloves (WeCb).

1001

Page 14: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

6-17.4.9.4 The weight pulling capacity with gloves shall be compared with the baseline weight pulling capacity test time for each test subject. The percentage of barehand control shall be calculated as follows:

Percent of = ~ (100) barehand control WPC b

6-17.5 Report. 6-17.5.1 For Gross Dexterity Procedure A, the percent of

barehanded control shall be reported for each test subject. The average percent of barehanded control for all test subjects shall be calculated.

6-17.5.2 For Gross Dexterity Procedure B, the percent of barehanded control ,shall be reported for each test subject. The average percent of barehanded control for all test subjects shall be calculated.

6-17.5.$ For Fine Dexterity Procedure, the diameter of the smallest pin that can be successfully picked up shall be reported for each test subject. The average diameter that can be successfully picked up by all test subjects shall be calculated.

6-17.5.4 For Tactility Procedure, the smallest spacing between the two pins that can be detected shall be reported for each test subject. The average smallest spacing that can be detected for all test subjects shall be calculated.

6-17.5.5 For Grip Procedure, the percent of barehanded control shall be reported for each test subject. The averkge percent of barehanded control for all test subjects shall be calculated.

6-17.6 Interpretation. 6-17.6.1 For Gross Dexterity Procedure A, the average percent of

barehand control shall be used to determine pass/fall performance.

6-17.6.2 For Gross Dexterity Procedure B, the average percent of barehand control shall be used to determine pass/fall performance.

6-17.6.3 For Fine Dexterity Procedure, the average diameter of the smallest pin that can be picked up shall be used to detect

I pass/fail performance. 6-17.6.4 For Tactility Procedure, the average smallest pin spacing

detected by test subjects shall be used to determine pass/fail performance.

6-17.6.5 For Grip Procedure, the average percent of barehand control shall be used to determine pass/fai lperformance. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee added more criteria and renumbered.

(Log #13a) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1091- 26- (9-27): Reject SUBMITrER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Revise as follows:

9-27 Overall Ensemble Flash Test. 9-27.1 Application. 9-27.1.1 This test method shall apply to vapor-protective suits. 9-27.2 Specimens. 9-27.2.1 A minimum of one specimen shall be tested. 9-27.2.2 Additional protective clothing components and

equipment that are necessary to provide full body flash protection to the wearer shall be tested in conjunction with the vapor- protective suit.

9-27.~ Sample Preparation. 9-27.~.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 9-1.2. 9-27.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be complete vapor-

protective suits. 9-27.4 Apparatus. 9-27.4.1 A human form mannequin shall be used to support the

protective suit during chemical flash fire testing. The mannequin shall be coated with a suitable flame retardant coating.

9-27.4.2 A one-piece flame retardant coverall shall be placed over the mannequin.

9-27.4.$ The protective suit to be tested shall be placed on the mannequin, over the flame resistant clothing, in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

9-27.4.4 A flash chamber shall be constructed as illustrated in Figure 9-27.4.4 and shall include the following:

(a) It shall have an internal width and depth of 1.9 ± 0.1 m (6.0 + 0.3 ft) and a height of 2.3 4- 0.1 m (8.0 + 3 ft)

(b) It shall be constructed of 51 mm x 102 mm (2 in. x 4 in.) framing lumber or other suitable structural material. Firewall, 20 mm (3 /4 in.), or other suitable flame resistant paneling shall be

used on the opposite two walls of the chamber. 13 nun (0.5 in.) heat tempered safet~ glass shall be used on the remaining walls to all for multiple vievang points during testing. At least one of the glass walls shall be attached by a means that allows for easy removal of the mannequin. Both glass walls shall be configured to achieve gas-tight seals with the chamber.

(c) All fire wall seams shall be taped and the interior walls of the chamber coated with a suitable flame retardant material.

(d) It shall have a port for filling the chamber with propane gas located as shown in Figure 9-27.4.4. The port shall allow isolation of the propane sources through a valve. The port shall be leak free with respect to the outside environment.

(e) It shall have two ports for electric igniters located as shown in Figure 9-27.4.4. The port shall be leak fi'ee with respect to the outside environment.

(f) It shall have a top which allows containment of propane gas within the chamber during filling and venting of flash pressure after ignition.

(g) A suitable stand should be constructed which allows the mannequin to be positioned 305 + 25 mm (12 -+ 1 in.) above the chamber floor.

9-27.5 Procedure.

~.227~.T 3"~Y¥~'~:~..'2.~:,'f'3}3..L.;~'SZ" 7:ZZ~.'~2,%.'-27,7.;.7

9-27.5.2 The suited mannequin shall be placed on the stand in the center of the flash chamber in an upright stationary position.

9-27.5.$ Propane gas (at 99 percent purity or better) shall be metered into the chamber at a delivery pressure of 172.3 ± 13.8 kPa (25.0 + 2.0 psi) and rate of 0.16 ± 0.1 mS/ra in (5.5 ± 0.5 f t$/min) . The concentration of prop.ane within the chamber shall be sufficient to produce a visible chemical flash fire lasting 7 _+ ls. The concentration of the propane shall be permitted to be checked b y a combustible gas meter or similar detector.

9-27.5.4 The flash chamber shall be viewed at both vantage points (front and back) throughout the test. Video documentation shall also be conducted from the front vantage point.

9-27.5.5 The chamber atmosphere shall be remote ignited at 30 ± 5 seconds after the chamber has been filled with propane gas.

9-27.5.6 The suited mannequin shall not be removed until all surfaces have cooled to ambient temperature.

9-27.5.7 The protective suit shall be removed flom the mannequin and examined visually for physical signs of damage from thermal exposure.

~27.5.9 F~ll~;;~:zg ~zz "2g.ht :=~:co."5~. ~" tz;'dng, the suit shall be donned by a test subject and evaluated as specified in Section 9-13 of this standard.

9-27.5.10 All testing shall be performed at a temperature of 24°C ± 11°C (75°F ± 20°F) and a relative humidity of 70% ± 25%. Tests shall not be conducted outdoors during precipitation.

9-27.6.2 An illustration of the protective suit shall be prepared and the location of any damage. Separate illustration shall be prepared for over covers if tested with the protective suit. Damage shall include, but not be limited to:

(a) charring (b) blistering (c) evidence of material melting (d) delamination (e) destruction of any suit components

Figure 9-27.6.2 (NOT SUBMITTED)

9-27.7 Interpretation. 9-27.7.1 Any specimen failing any one of the criteria shall

constitute falling performance. SUBSTANTIATION: The intent of the requirements in Chapter 5 are to demonstrate the protection qualities of the vapor-protective suit in allowing the end user to safely escape after a chemical flash fire has occurred. It is not intended that the vapor-protective suit continue to provide the same level of performance as originally required. COMMIqIWEE ACTION: Reject.

1002

Page 15: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

NFPA 1991 - - F99 ROP

COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The Committee retained a minimum positive pressure requirement for each suit and therefore the testing methods need to be retained.

(Log #14a) Committee: FAE- HAZ

1991- 27 - (9-29): Accept SUBMITTER: Jeffrey O. Stull, Int'l Personnel Protection, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Revise as follows:

9-29 Static Charge Accumulation Resistance Test. 9-29.1 Application. 9-29.1.1 This test method shall apply to garment and glove

materials. 9-29.2 Specimens.

I 9-29.1 A minimum of five specimens, each 200 ram, + 5 mm (8.0 in., -+ 1/2 in.) square, shall be cut from the material to be tested.

9-29.2 Only the exterior layer of garment or glove material composites shall be tested.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . t- . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F~.7 z~:'n.p c.~,!t¢ mz t e r ' ~ , :.2te~:.sr 2"2.'~.~..CZZ 2h2t.] ~e teZ~2~-. ".:'z!:z.g L~.Z :Z2..Z~C~.~22 *.-~.C

cf Lhc cuter !27cr =h~! bc re=ted. The Teflon Fz.a. on Lhe mztcr-:=! sh~l ~z rcpl~.zzd r.'=.h c.nc of "~hc m~.tcr'z.l !~)'zr~.

9-29.3 Sample Preparation. 9-29.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.9. 9-29.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be of specimen size given

in 9-29.2.1. 9-29.4 Apparatus. 9-29.4.1" Triboelectric Test Device. The triboelectric test device

shall consist of a grounded aluminum frame with two cutouts in the front face plate.

(a) The lower right :utout shall house the static detector head that is connected to an electrometer.

(b) The upper left cutout shall be for the rubbing wheel used to generate the triboelectric charge.

(c) This rubbing wheel shall be connected to a 1/8 horsepower electric drive motor. A manual lever shall be used to slide the motor/rubbing wheel combination forward so that the steel gently makes intimate contact with the test specimen at the proper time.

(d) The test pressure shall be held constant during the test by means of weight and cord system. In this system, a cord shall be attached to the motor assembly, shall run over a pulley wheel, and a 1.4 kg _+ 0.05 kg (3 lb + 0.2 Ib) weight shall be attached to the end of the cord.

(e) The test specimen shall be mounted taut in a grounded specimen holder.

9-29.4.2* Rubbing Wheel. The rubbing wheel shall have a diameter of 127 m m + 2 mm (5 in., zk 0.1 in.) The standard wheel shall be constructed with a phenolic plastic (such as Micarta) back, a 25.4 mm (1 in.I thick foam cushion, and a felt PTFE rubbing surface. Rubbing wheels shall be cleaned with a dry cloth after the completion of tests on a given material.

9-29.4.3 Data Gathering System. A digital oscilloscope with memory shall be used tor gathering data.

(a) The oscilloscope trigger shall be initiated with a 6 V battery connected to the oscilloscope trigger circuit through a microswitch on the sliding mechanism of the rubbing wheel.

(b) When the rubbing wheel is moved away from the test specimen (thus ceasing; charge generation), the microswitch shall initiate the oscilloscope trigger. The detector head shall sense the electrostatic field and the electrometer shall generate a DC voltage

I proportional to the electrostatic field sensed by the detector head. i This voltage shall be fed into the oscilloscope input and shall be displayed on the oscilloscope Y axix versus time. The zero time shall be the time the microswitch circuit triggers the oscilloscope sweep that occurs at the cessation of sample rubbing.

(c) The oscilloscope presentations shall also be permitted to be recorded on an x-y plotter directly connected to the oscilloscope.

(d) The oscilloscope shall also be permitted to have a digital interface to send the data to a digital computer for further analysis and storage.

9-29.4.4* Static Eliminator. A static eliminator shall be used that is capable of removing a 25,000 V charge from a 200 mm square by 16 mm (7 in. square by 5/8 in.) material specimen within 30 seconds. The static eliminator shall be placed in the test chamber or other testing are~-

9-29.5 Procedure. 9-29.5.1 A clean rubbing wheel shall be placed in the test

apparatus.

9-29.5.2 The triboelectric test apparatus shall be conditioned in a test environment of (23 + 3°C) 75 + 5°F and relative humidity of 45 _+ 5 percent for a minimum of 24 hours.

9-29.5.3 The electrometer and oscilloscope shall be turned on and allowed to warm up for 30 minutes.

9-29.5.4 The test specimen shall be mounted in the sample holder.

9-26.5.5 The test operator shall verify or install the proper weights on the cord. The standard mass is 1.36 kg (3.0 Ib).

9-26.5.6 The static eliminator shall be turned on for 30 seconds to remove any residual charge on the test specimen and rubbing wheel.

9-26.5.7 The rubbing wheel motor shall be turned on and a~usted the motor to 200 rpm.

26.5.8 The oscilloscope sl]all be adjusted for the desired display needed.

9-29.5.9 The electrometer shall be zeroed. 9-29.5.10 The sample holder shall be raised and locked into

position in front of the rubbing wheel. 9-29.5.11 The control lever shall be moved to initiate rubbing of

the test specimen and shall continue rubbing for precisely 10 seconds. During the rubbing, the oscilloscope circuit shall be armed and the electrometer shall be ungrounded.

9-29.5.13 The voltage versus time shall be recorded for the peak voltage and at 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, and 5.0 seconds. Alternatively, the voltages shall be recorded continuously using a data logger for at [east 5.0 seconds.

9-29.5,12 The rubbing wheel shall be retracted and the sample holder shall be permitted to drop in front of the detector head to initiate the measurement of the electrostatic field.

9-29.5.14 The test shall be repeated with a fresh sample each time beginning with 9-29.5.2.

9-29.6.1 For each specimen, the peak charge generated, the corresponding charge after 5.0 seconds, the time required from the charge to reach 10 percent or the maximum charge measured shall be recorded.

9-29.7 Interpretation. 9-29.7.1 The average measured voltage at five seconds for each

surface tested shall be used individually to determine pass/fall. SUBSTANTIATION: The current requirement is impractical for measuring hazards of electrostatic discharge since interior layers will not be subject to the same electrostatic potential as the exterior surface (e.g., the environment inside the suit will he humidified). The proposed revisions to the performance requirement and test method provide a more realistic means for assessing suit performance against this hazard. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: Number revised to new format. See Section 6-29 of the F99 Report on Proposals draft shown at the end of this report.

(Log #CP1) Committee: FAE-HAZ

1991- 28 - (Entire Document): Accept TCC NOTE: Item 1. Revise 2-2.7 to read: 2-2.7* The certification organization shall have a follow-up

inspection aorogram of the manufacturing facilities of the certified product, wRh at least two random and unannounced visits per 12- month period. As part of the follow-up inspection program, the certification organization shall select sample product at random from the manufacturer's production fine, from the manufacturer's in-house stock, or from the open market. The certification organization shall have a statistically validated process for determining the critical inspections and tests to be conducted through this follow-up program to verify the continued compliance of the product or component.

The TCC has revised 2-2.7 to reflect the current text being used in the documents in this Project for consistency of certification requirements.

Item 2. Add new 2-3.1 to read: 2-3.1 For both initial certification and recertiflcation of

ensembles, ensemble elements, and components; the certification organization shall conduct both inspection and testing as specified in this section.

The TCC has provided the new text for 2-3.1 for the TC to add to Section 2-3. This text is being used in the documents in this Project and needs to be added for consistency of certification requirements.

1003

Page 16: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 ~ F 9 9 R O P

Item 3. Add new 2-3.4 to read: 2-3.4 The certification organization shall test individual elements

with the specific ensemble(s) they are to be certified with in accordance with the requirements of 2-1.3.

Move existing 2-3.1 (ROP text) to become 2-3.5, renumber existing 2-3.4 through 2-3.12 (ROP text numbering) as 2-3.6 through 2-3.14.

The TCC has provided suggested text for a new 2-3.4 to cross reference with 2-1.3 and to reinforce the important need for testing individual elements with a specific ensemble or ensembles that they will become a part of to assure a combination of elements that are compatible and will provide the required protection for the emergency responder when assembled.

Item 4. Add new 2-3.15 to read: 2-3.15 The certification organization shall maintain records of

all pass/fall tests for initial certification. Pass/fai l records shall indicate the disposition of the failed material or product.

The TCC has provided the new text for 2-3.15 for the TC to add to Section 2-3. Th i s text is being used in the documents in this Project and needs to be added for consistency o f certification requirements. SUBMITTER: Technical Committee on Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment RECOMMENDATION: T h e Technical Committee on Hazardous Materials Protective Clothing and Equipment proposes a complete revision to NFPA 1991, Standard on Vapor-Protective Suits for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies, 1994 edition, as shown at the end of this report.

When adopted the document will be retitled NFPA 1991, Standard on Vapor-Protective Ensembles for Hazardous Materials Emergencies, 2000 edition. SUBSTANTIATION: The Committee has completely revised the 1994 edition of NFPA 1991. The following items summarize the principal changes being proposed.

(1) The most significant change is the introduction of performance criteria for optional protection from chemical and biological terrorism agents with testing against chemical warfare agents and other highly toxic chemicals. This would provide ensembles that will provide a reasonable level of protection for responders to such terrorism incidents.

(2) A number of improvements and clarifications in the performance requirements and the associated testing methods for vapor-protective ensembles including:

(a) the measurement of overall garment inward leakage using a human test subject, ~ . . . . . :

(b) incorporation of a more stringent gas-ught mtegnty.e.~C$~<t, "~:.:::;.:: (c) consolidation of permeation testing requiremen~.~.~, f lexe~!

and abraded material samples, ..-';~ .:~..-.:,~*'!~ (d) replacement of the diaphragm burst test with a "bal

strength test, ~ .... ~., (e) the use of a new cut test for gloves, :~::::-" - ~.'..'..'.::::~.- ~.:.-'~.- - ~:~::~::~:~f..:: '::::~-~ (f) development of hand function tests for .~ves , ~ - . . . i:'.~.: (g) the addition of exhaust valve and e x ~ f i t t i n g p u ] ~ , t

tests. ~" "~.~. "-.~:~:.: (3) The proposed revision now permits s e p a r ~ . ~ e r t i f i c a ~ n of .~.:,.,.. .~.:,

vapor-protective gloves and footwear. .~-~,..~.....~,..~' (4) Test methods have been updated to provide c ] i ~ ~

information on their application, specimens, conditfi~ing, apparatus, procedures, results, and interpretation.

(5) Overall editorial work to modify the document format to match that which is used in the other product documents in this Project. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

NFPA 1991

Standard on Vapor-Protective Ensembles for

Hazardous Materials Emergencies

2000 Edition

NOTICE: An asterisk (*) following the number or letter designating a paragraph indicates that explanatory material on the paragraph can be found in Appendix A.

Information on referenced publications can be found in Chapter 7 and Appendix B.

Chapter 1 Administration

1-1 Scope.

1-1.1" Tiffs standard shall specify minimum design, performance, certification, and documentation requirements; and test methods for vapor-protective ensembles and individual elements for chemical vapor protection; and additional optional criteria for chemical flash fire escape protection and liquefied gas protection.

1-1.2" This standard shall also specify additional optional criteria for vapor-protective ensembles and individual elements that will provide protection from chemical and biological warfare agents and chemical and biological terrorism incidents.

1-1.3 This start( certification of I elements. " : ~ i : protective r previbus .~.~. i

I~.apply to the design, manufacturing, and o~-'protective ensembles and new individual of this standard shall not apply to vapor- .d individual elements manufactured to ;" 1991, Standard on Vapor-Protective Suits

l - ~ . ' ~ ! ~ h i s ~ d a r d shaffnot apply to protective clothing for any ~ i c a t i o n s and shall not provide criteria for

p r o t e o --" tom radiological or cryogenic liquid hazards, or from : ~ s p o ~ e r e s . This standard shall not apply to vapor- explosive

! ~ l e s for protection from biological hazards unless tr:~.:gtective e ~ " certified as compliant with the additional ~S for chemical and biological terrorism incidents.

i~ s standard shall not specify the respiratory" protection that ~n~,cessary for proper protection with the protective ensemble.

iil~.6 This standard shall not apply to use requirements for vapor- ?rotective ensembles or individual elements as these requirements are specified in NFPA 1500, Standard on Fire Department Occupational Safe 0 and Health ProgrartL

1-1.7 Certification of compliant vapor-protective ensembles and compliant individual elements to the requirements of dais standard shall not preclude certification to additional appropriate standards where the ensemble or individual elements meet all the applicable requirements of each standard.

1-1.8 The requirements of this standard shall not apply to accessories that might be attached to a vapor-protecuve ensemble, to an ensemble element, or to an individual element unless specifically addressed herein.

1-1.9 Nothing herein shall restrict any jurisdiction or manufacturer from exceeding these minimum requirements.

I-2 Purpose.

1-2.1 The purpose of this standard shall be to establish a minimum level of protection for emergency services personnel against adverse vapor, liquid-splash, and particulate environments during hazardous materials emergency incidents.

1-2.1.1 The purpose of dais standard shall also be to establish a minimum level of limited chemical flash fire protection, for escape onO in the event of a chemical flash fire, as an option for compliant vapor-protective ensembles and compliant individual elements.

1004

Page 17: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

1-2.1.2 The purpose of this standard shall also be to establish a minimum level of liquefied gas protection as an option for compliant vapor-protective ensembles and compliant individual elements.

1-2.1.3 The purpose of this standard shall also be to establish a minimum level of limited chemical flash fire protection, for escape on:3.in the event of a chemical flash fire, combined with a minimum level of liquefied gas protection as an option for compliant vapor-protective ensembles and compliant individual elements.

1-2.1.4 The purpose of this standard shall also be to establish a minimum level of protection for emergency response personnel from specified chemical and biological warfare agents in vapor, liquid splash, and particulate environments during chemical and biological terrorism incidents as an option for compliant vapor- protective ensembles and compliant individual elements.

1-2.1.5 The purpose of these options shall be to provide users with the flexibility to choose the combination of features that match the anticipated exposure and expected needs.

1-2.2" Controlled laboratory tests used to determine compliance with the performance requirements of this standard shall not be deemed as establishing performance levels for all situations to which personnel can he exposed.

1-2.3 This standard is not intended to be utilized as a detailed manufacturing or purchase specification, but shall be permitted to be referenced in purchase specifications as minimum requirements.

1-3 Definitions.

Accessories. Those items that are attached to a vapor-protective ensemble that are not necessary to meet the requirements of this standard. Such accessories include, but are n o t limited to, harnesses, cooling systems, and communications devices.

Afterflame Time. The length of time for which a material, component, or chemkal-protective suit continues to burn after the simulated chemical flash fire has ended.

Approved.* Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

Authority Having Jurisdiction.* The organization, .offic.~t " ~ individual responsible for approving equipment, an ms2~g~! m , ~ ' . a procedure.

Biological materials that are :"~<~ Bio!ogical Agents. or long-term d a m a g e . . , t ~ ~ b ~ causing an acute disease

Biological Warfare Agent. Abiological ~ . c e i n t e n ~ t o k ~ seriously injure, or incapacitate humans t i S r o ~ hysiolog] d

and effects. (See also the definitions of Chemical R ~ I T~'. "~sm Incidents and Chemical Warfare Agent.) . ~ . ~ /

7 Boot. See definition of Vapor-Protective Footwear.

Bootie. A sock-like extension of the chemical protective suit leg that covers the entire foot.

Care. Procedures for cleaning, decontamination, and storage of vapor-protective ensembles.

Certification/Certified. A system whereby a certification organization determines that a manufacturer has demonstrated the ability to produce a product that complies with the requirements of this standard, authorizes the manufacturer to use a label on listed products that comply with the requirements of this standard, and establishes a follow-up program conducted by the certification organization as a check, on the methods the manufacturer uses to determine continued compliance with the requirements of this standard.

Certification Organization. An independent, third-party organization that determines product compliance with the requirements of this s t amhrd with a labeling/listing/follow-up program.

Chemical and Biological Terrorism Incidents. Situations involving the release ot chemical or biological warfare agents in

civilian areas by terrorists. (See also the d~finitions of Biological Warfare Agent and Chmnical Warfare Agent.)

Chemical and Biological Terrorism Vapor-Protective Ensemble. See definition of Vapor-Prottctive Ensemble with Additional Chemical and Biological Terrorism Protection.

Chemical Flash Fire.* The ignition of a flammable and ignitable vapor or gas that produces an outward expanding flame front as those vapors or gases burn. This burning and expanding flame front, a fireball, will release both thermal and kinetic energy to the environment.

Chemical-Protectlve Layer. The material or composite that is intended to provide permeation resistance to chemicals and gasdght integrity for the vapor-protective ensemble and individual elements. The chemical-protective layer is considered as "primary material" and can be configured as a separate layer or as a composite with other primary materials. The chemical-protective layer can depend on the other primary material to provide the physical protection.

Chemical Warfare Agent. A chemical substance intended to kill, seriously injure, or incapacitate humans through physiological effects. (See also the definitions of Biological Warfare Agent and Chemical and Biological Terrorism Incidents.)

Compliance/Compliant. Meeting or exceeding all applicable requirements of this standard.

Component. A ~ t e c t i v e ensemble element; the suit, glove, and f o o ~ sub~embl ies . (See also definitions for

~ E/emits, Element(s), I n . ~ . ~ and Vapor-Prottctive Ensemble. )

~ . m a t e r i a l ( s ) or part(s) C o m p o g ~ . , s s , ( s ) used in the c o n s t r u > ~ va element, p o r 2 ~ i v e ensemble, ensemble or

or indivi,

, layering of chemical-protective layers or tey appear in the final vapor-protective ensemble nent construction.

tre. The pressure at which the suit exhaust valve releasing exhaust air to the outside suit

uid.* A refrigerated liquid gas having a boiling 50°F (-90°C) at atmospheric pressure.

Element(s).* The parts or items of clothing and equipment that provide vapor protection. The vapor-protective elements are the suit, gloves, and footwear.

Emergency Response Personnel. Personnel assigned to organizations that have the responsibility for responding to hazardous materials emergencies.

Ensemble, See definition of Vapor-Protective Ensemble.

Exhaust Valve. One-way vent valves that release exhaust air from the inside of the protecuve suit to the outside environment and prevent entry of contaminated air into the protective suit from the outside environment.

External FiRings.* Any fitting or connection externally located on, and part of, the vapor-protective ensemble that is not part of the chemical-protective material, visor material, gloves, footwear, seams, or closure assembly.

Flammable or Explosive Atmospheres. Atmospheres containing chemical vapors or gases at concentrations that will burn or explode if ignited.

Follow-Up Program. The sampling, inspections, tests, or other measures conducted by the certification organization on a periodic basis to determine the continued compliance of labeled and listed products that are being produced by the manufacturer to the requirements of this standard.

Footwear. See definition of Vapor-Protective Footwear.

Footwear Upper. That portion of the footwear element above the sole.

1005

Page 18: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

Glove. See definition of Vapor-Protective Glov~

Hazardous Material. Any solid, liquid, gas, or mixture thereof that can potentially cause harm to the human body through respiration, ingestion, skin absorption, or contact.

Hazardous Materials Emergencies.* Incidents involving the release or potential release of hazardous materials into the environment that can cause loss of life, personnel injury, or damage to property and the environment.

Individual Elements. Vapor-protective gloves or vapor-protective footwear that are individually certified as compliant with the applicable requirements of this standard and axe not ensemble elements (components or subassembly) of the vapor-protective ensemble. (See also definitions of Component, Element(s), and Vapor- Protective Ensemble.)

Labeled. Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of an organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation, that maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled-equipment or materials, and by whose labeling the manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner.

Ladder Shank. Reinforcement to the shank area of footwear; designed to provide additional support to the instep when standing on a ladder rung.

Liquefied Gas.* A gas that, under its charged pressure, is partially liquid at 21°C (70°F).

Liquid Splash-Protective Ensemble. A protective ensemble that is cerufied as compliant with NFPA 1992, Standard on Liquid Splaslv Protective Ensembles for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies.

Listed.* Equipment, materials, or services included in a list

~ ublished by an organization that is acceptable to the authority avingjurisdiction and concerned with evaluation of products or

services, that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of services, and whose lisdng states that either the equipment, material, or service meets identified standards or has been tested and found suitable for a specified purpose.

Maintenance. Procedures for inspection, repair, and r e # l ~ ! from so ce of vapor prote ve suits

Manufacturer. The entity that assumes the liability and g the warranty for the compliant product...~,--, '~-#~ - . ,

Model. The collective term used to i d e n ~ g r " : ~ ' o u ~ ~ d u ~ vapor-protective ensembles or individual ~ . l J ~ of the ~ . basic design and components from a singre ~ c t u r e r ~ , produced by the same manufacturing an ( qual i t '~i l~uranc#

certificat procedures that are covered by the same " ~ ' x ~ ~ "

"%~¢:'e'nsemble Outer Boot. A secondary boot worn over the f o o t w ~ element or bootie for the purpose of providing physical protection to meet the requirements of this standard.

Outer Garment. A secondary garment worn over the suit ensemble element for the purpose of providing physical protection to meet the requirements of this standard.

Outer Glove. A secondary glove worn over the glove ensemble element for the purpose of providing physical protection to meet the requirements of this standard.

Particulate. Solid matter that is dispersed in air as a mixture. For the purpose of this standard, particulates do not include aerosol, or suspended liquid droplets in air. Aerosols are considered liquids.

Primary Materials. Vapor-protective ensemble and individual element materials limited to the suit material, hood and visor material, glove material, and footwear material that provide protection from chemical and physical hazards. This includes, in addition to the above materials, the wearer's respiratory protective equipment when designed to be worn outside the vapor-protective ensemble, the umbilical air hose, and includes all other exposed respiratory protective equipment materials designed to protect the

Seam. An I protectiv%~. and su~ . .~ s e n ~ m~

wearer's breathing air and air path. The chemical-protective layer is considered as primary material and can be configured as a separate layer or as a composite Primary materials can be either single layers or composites.

Product Label. A label or marking afftxed to each compliant vapor-protective ensemble and compliant individual elements by the manufacturer. Such labels contain compliance statements, certification statements, general information, care, maintenance, or similar data. The product label is not the certification organization's label, symbol, or identifying mark; however, the certification organization's label, symbol, or identifying mark is a part of the product label. (See also Labeled.)

Protective Ensemble. See definition of Vapor-Protective Ensemble.

Protective Footwear. See definition of Vapor-Protective Footwear.

Protective Gloves. See definition of Vapor-Protective Gloves.

Protective Suit. See definition of Vapor-Protective Suit.

Radiologieal Agents. Radiation associated with x-rays, alpha, beta, and gamma-emissions from radioactive isotopes, or other materials in excess of normal background radiation levels.

Respiratory Equipment. A positive pressure, self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) or combination SCBA/supplied-air breathing apparatus certified by the National Institute for OccupationalSafery.~kd Health (NIOSH) and ce~ified as compliant with ~ 1 , Standard on Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breathing A p p a r ~ o r t ~ Fire Service.

~ ~ . : . ' . < : ~.,. Any~rmah~'~l.tg.attachment of two or more chemical-

t i v ~ . ~ i ~ g m ~ , excluding external fittings, gaskets, i . ~ ' ~ a ~ e m b ] ~ ' - " a line formed by joining the

Shank.

a mandatory requirement.

~tion of Ladder Shanl~

s a recommendation or that which is advised but

.~torag~Life. The date to remove from service a vapor-protective ~:sve~ble or individual element that has undergone proper care al~.~'~malntenance in accordance with manufacturer 's instructions ..~t has not been used either in training or at actual incidents.

Suit See definition of Vapor-Protective Suit.

Suh Closure. The component that allows the wearer to enter (don) and exit (doff) the vapor-protective suit element.

Suit Closure Assembly. The combination of the suit closure and the seam attaching the suit closure to the suit, excluding any protective flap or cover.

Suit Material. The principal material used in the construction of the vapor-protective suit.

Vapor-Protective Ensemble. The combination or assembly of muItiple elements that are compliant with at least all base requirements of this standard and that are designed to provide a degree of protection from chemical vapors, gases, liquids, and particulates encountered during hazardous materials emergency incidents. The ensemble elements of the vapor-protective ensemble are the suit, gloves, and footwear. (See also definitions for Components, Elements, and Individual Elements.)

Vapor-Protective Ensemble with Additional Chemical and Biological Terrorism Protection. A compliant vapor-protective ensemble that is also certified as compliant with the additional requirements for protection against chemical and biological warfare agents such as vapors, gases, liquids, and particulate.

Vapor-Protective Ensemble with Additional Chemical Flash Fire Escape Protection.* A compliant vapor-protective ensemble that is also certified as compliant with the additional requirements f o r limited protection against chemical flash fire for escape only.

1006

Page 19: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 - - F 9 9 R O P

Vapor-Protective Ensemble with Additional Liquefied Gas Protection.* A compliant vapor-protective ensemble that is also certified as compliant with the requirements for protection against liquefied gases.

Vapor-Protectlve Ensemble with Additional Chemical Flash Fire Escape and Liquefied Gas Protection. A compliant vapor- protective ensemble that is also certified as compliant with the requirements for both limited protection against chemical flash fire for escape on~ and for protection against liquified gases.

Vapor-Protective Footwear. An ensemble element or an ind,vidual element that provides chemical and physical protection for the feet, ankles, and lower legs. Footwear includes boots, or outer boots in conjunction with booties• (See also definitions for Componeng Element(s), and Individual Elements.)

Vapor-Protective Gloves. An ensemble element or an individual element that provides chemical and physical protection for the hands and wrists. (Se,, also definitions for Component, Element(s), and Individual Elements.)

Vapor-Protective Suit. 2Ma ensemble element that provides chemical protection fi)r the upper and lower torso, head, arms, and legs.

Visor. The portion of the suit hood that permits the wearer to see outside the chemical-protective suit.

14 Units.

1-4.1" In this standard, values for measurement are followed by an equivalent in parentheses, but only the first stated value shall be regarded as the requirement. Equivalent values in parentheses shall not be considered as the requirement, as these values might be approximate.

Chapter 2 Certification

2-1 General.

2-1,1" All vapor-protective ensembles, ensemble elements, and ":~'~ individual elements that are labeled as being compliant with this ~:~:: standard shall meet or exceed all applicable requirements ~: specified in this standard and shall be certified. Manufacturers *! shall not claim compliance with a portion(s) or segment(s) . ,~tf~_ requirements of this standard and shall not use the n a m ~ ~ " ~*.~ identification of this slandard, NFPA 1991, in any s t a t e ~ abo,~ their respective products unless the product is c e r t i f i e d ~ . . ~ . ~ , ~ , . ' standard. " ~ " ~

2-1.2 All certification shall be performed "~....,4"3" organization that meets at least the r e q m r e ~ e ~ . - ~ : " ~ " Section 2-2 and that is accredited for p e r s ~ i ~ ' o t e c t i v e ~ ~" equipment in accordmace with ANSI Z34.]', ~ a n Nat io~ Standard for Third-Party Certification Programs f o ~ u c t s , ~ocesses, and Services. - " : ~ ..#':" :~.~:,::."

• . ~?~-?" 2-1.$ Comphant vapo;-protecuve ensembles and co l~511ant individual elements shall be labeled and listed. Sucfi vapor- protective ensembles and individu., elements shall also have a product label. The product label shall meet the requirements spedfied in Section 3-1.

2-1.3.1 Glove ensemble elements and footwear ensemble elements that are provided, sold, or distributed as part of a specific ensemble shall not be required to be separately labeled and listed but shall be included ~s a part of the ensemble product label and listing.

2-1.3.2 Ensemble elements and individual elements that are manufactured as separate items and are not intended to be provided, sold, or distributed as part of a complete ensemble shall be certified as an element for a specific ensemble or ensembles. The designation of which elements are certified as compliant with a specific ensemble(s) shall be clearly indicated on the product labels of both the element and the ensemble.

2-1.$.3 Ensemble elements and individual elements that are tested for gastight integrity as specified in 2-3.1.1 shall be certified as an element for a specific ensemble or ensembles. The designation of which elements are certified as compliant with a specific

ensemble(s) shall be clearly indicated on the product labels of both the element and the ensemble.

2-1A Where vapor-protective ensembles and individual elements are certified for additional chemicals and chemical mixtures as provided for in 5-2.1, they shall also meet or exceed all applicable requirements spedfied in this standard.

2-1-5 The certification organization shall not certify any vapor- protective ensembles or any individual elements to the 1994edition of this standard on or after 1 September 2000.

2-1.6 The certification organization shall not permit any manufacturer to label any vapor-protective ensembles or any individual elements to the 1994 edition of this standard on or after 1 September 2000.

2-1.7 The certification organization shall require manufacturers to remove all certification labels and product labels indicating compliance with the 1994 edition of this standard from all vapor- protective ensembles and individual elements that are under the control of the manufacturer on 1 September 2000. The certification organization shall verify this action is taken.

2-1.8" The certification organization's label, symbol, or identifying mark shall be part of the product label.

2-2 Certification Program.

2-2.1 The cer t i f icat i~organlzat ion shall not be owned or controlled by m a t a ~ , : e r s or vendors of the product being certified. The c~. '~cau6t i organization shall be primarily engaged in cerdficatio . n ~ . " ~ n d shall not have a monetary interest in the product 's ultimate ~ t a b i l i t y .

2-2.2 ~ ~ t i o n ~ t i o n shall refuse to certify products to th..'~tanO...ard that do n/~f.~omply with all requirements of this

..,.~ ~,,, .,-'~'-..-'~.~.

n~ractual prowslons between the certificataon ,rE'an.. izara'~.x.?.~d.,.t:he manufacturer shall specify that certification is

~,~fi~apliance with all applicable requirements of this ~ d • . ~ " e shall be no conditional, temporary, or partial • ~~'-~x__x~z Manufacturers shall not be authorized to use any ,~l~ o ~ e r e n c e to the certification organization on products that ~e ~" not ' -~anufactured in compliance with all applicable

t~rements of this standard. ~ ~.4" The certification organization shall have laboratory facilities

m d e~l. uipment available for conducting proper tests, a program Eor calibration of all instruments shall be in place and operating, and procedures shall be in use to ensure proper control of all testing. Good practice shall be followed regarding the use of laboratory manuals, form data sheets, documented calibration and calibration routines, performance verification, proficiency testing, and staff qualification and training programs.

2-2-5 The certification organization shall require the manufacturer to establish and maintain a program of production inspection and testing that at least meets the requirements of Secdon 2-5 or Secdon 2-6. The certification organization shall ensure that the audit assurance program provides continued product compliance with this standard.

2-2.6 The certification organization and the manufacturer shall evaluate any changes affecting the form, fit, or function of the certified product to determine its continual certification with this standard.

2-2.7* The certification organization shall have a follow-up inspection program of the manufacturing facilities of the certified product, with at least two random and unannounced visits per 12- month period. As part of the follow-up inspection program, the certification organization shall select sample product at random from the manufacturer 's production line, from the manufacturer's in-house stock, or from the open market. Sample product shall be inspected and tested by the certification organization to verify the product 's continued compliance.

2-2.8 The certification organization shall have a program for investigating field reports alleging malperformance or failure of listed products.

1007

Page 20: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 ~ F 9 9 R O P

2-2.9* The certification organization shall require the manufacturer to have a product recall system as part of the manufacturer 's quality assurance program.

2-2.10 The operating procedures of the certification organization shall provide a mechanism for the manufacturer to appeal decisions. The procedures shall include the presentation of information from both sides of a controversy to a designated appeals panel.

2-2.11 The certification organization shall be in a position to use legal means to protect the integrity of its name and label. The name and label shall be registered and legally defended.

2-3 Inspection and Testing.

2-3.1 Sampling levels for testing and inspection shall be established by the certification organization and the manufacturer to assure a reasonable and acceptable reliability at a reasonable and acceptable confidence level that products certified to this standard are compliant unless such samples levels are specified herein. This information shall be included in the manufacturer 's technical data package.

2-3.1.1 The certification organization shall test each vapor- protective ensemble, each ensemble element, and each individual element for gastight integrity as specified in Section 6-2, Gastight Integrity Test. Each ensemble, ensemble element, and individual element shall show an endingpressure of at least 80 mm (3 5 /32 in.) water gauge pressure. The date of test shall be placed on the product label.

2-3.1.2 The certification organization shall test each exhaust valve installed in vapor-protective suits for inward leakage as specified in Section 6-26, Exhaust Valve Inward Leakage Test Each exhaust valve shall not exhibit a leakage rate exceeding 30 ml /min (1.83 in. S/min).

2-3.2 All inspections, evaluations, conditioning, and testing for certification or for recertification shall be conducted by the certification organization.

2-3.3 Any inspection, evaluation, conditioning, or testing conducted by a product manufacturer shall not be used in the certification or recertification process.

2-3.4 Inspection by the certification organization shall in0jEi+de a ' ~ review of all product labels to ensure that all required 1 ~ . ~*

compliance statements, certification s t a t e ~ . . ~ a n : ~ : ~ attachment, other product information are at least as specified in Sec t ion ing . , and that the requirements of 2-1.3.2 and ~ - 1 . 3 . 3 / . ~ l i e d ...~..'..~-'; ~ ..~ .. where applicable. .:~.....:- ~ ~

2*.S Inspection by the certification o r ~ . ~ shall i n ~ e a ''-'i~ review of any graphic representations used o r i ~ d u c t l a b ~ as permitted by 3-1.1.4, to ensure that they are c o : n ~ t with.~e worded statements. ~.x .~-:*

2-3.6 Inspection by the certification organization sh~[~:~nclude a review of the user information required by' Section 3-2 to ensure that the information has been developed and is available°

2-3.7 The certification organization shall review the technical data package to determine compliance with the requirements of Section 3-3.

2-3.8 Inspection by the certification organization for determining compliance with the design requirements specified in Chapter 4 shall be performed on whole or complete products.

2-3.9 Tesdng conducted by the certification organization, in accordance with the testing requirements of Chapter 6, for determining product compliance with the applicable requirements specified in Chapter 5 shall be performed on samples representative o f materials and composites used in the actual construction of tbe vapor-protective ensembles and individual elements. The certification organization shall also be permitted to use sample materials cut from a representative product.

2-3.10" Any change in the design, construction, or material of a compliant product shall necessitate new inspection and testing to verify compliance to all applicable requirements of this standard that the certification organization determines can be affected by

such change. This recertification shall be conducted before labeling the modified products as being compliant with this standard.

2-3.11 The certification organization shall not allow any modifications, pretreatment, conditioning, or other such special processes of the product or any product component prior to the product 's submission for evaluation and testing by the certification organization. The certification organization shall accept, from the manufacturer for evaluation and testing for certification, only product or product components that are the same in every respect to the actual final product or product component. The certification organization shall not allow the substitution, repair, or modification, other than as specifically permitted herein, of any product or any product component 'dur ing testing.

2-3.12 Any combination of materials or multipiece element that is needed to meet any of the performance requirements specified in Chapter 5 of this standard shall also be required to meet all file requirements for that particular segment of the vapor-protectlve ensemble or individual element, unless otherwise specified herein.

2-4 Recertification.

2-4.1 All vapor-protective ensemble models and all individual element models that are labeled as being compliant with this standard shall undergo recertification on an annual basis. This recertificadon shall include inspection and e~caluation to all design requirements and testing to all performance requirements as required by this stanfl~Lrd on all manufacturer 's models and components as r ~ . ~ . y 2-4.3.

24.1.1 Any c ~ a t affects the ensemble or element , e r f o r m a n c ~ a e ~ ' ~ n or performance reqnirements of this

standard ~ t L different model.

2-4.1,.~UFo.r:,( purpose ~ i s standard, models shall include e a ~ i q u ~ . a t t e r n , styl~:'or design of the individual element.

2-4.2 ~ e s of manufacturer s models and components for r e c e r t i f i c ~ : : s h ~ . l be acquired from the manufacturer or , __omponent ~ e r during random and unannounced visits as

, o r c ~ , ~ [ : rganization shall acquire at least one complete i : ~ ' ~ J v e ensemble sample outfitted with all manufacturer-

: ; . ~ : x t e r n a l fittings. The certification organization shall also ~.$~.~re a sufficient quantity of component samples to be tested for f ~ ' t i f i c a t i o n as required by 2 -4.3.

~-4.3 Sample vapor-protective ensembles and components shall be inspected, evaluated, and tested as follows.

2-4.3.1 Each vapor-protective ensemble shall be inspected and evaluated to each of the design requirements specified in Chapter 4.

2-4.3.2 Each vapor-protective ensemble specimen shall be tested for overall performance as specified in Section 5-1 using the following sequence of tests:

(a) The vapor-protective ensemble specimen shall then be tested for gastight integrity in accordance with Section 6-2, Gastight Integrity Test.

(b) The vapor-protective ensemble specimen shall then be tested for liquidtight integrity as specified in Section 6-3, Liquidtight Integrity Test.

(c) The vapor-protective ensemble specimen shall then be tested for overall function and intel~rity as specified in Section 6-4, Overall Suit Ensemble Function and Integrity Test.

(d) The vapor-protective ensemble specimen shall then be tested for airflow capacity as specified in Section 6-5, Maximum Suit Ventilation Rate Test.

(e) If certified for optional chemical flash fire protection, the vapor-protective ensemble shall then be tested for overall ensemble flash protection as specified in Section 6-27, Overall Ensemble Flash Test.

2-4.3.3 All suit material, visor, glove, footwear, optional chemical flash fire protection, and optional liquified gas protection performance requirements shall be evaluated as specified in Chapter 5 with the following modifications:

1008

Page 21: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 ~ F 9 9 R O P

(a) Permeation and penetration resistance testing specified in 5-2.1, 5-2.6, 5-2.8, 5-3. [, 5-3.6, 5-4.1, and 5-5.1 shall be performed against each of the following chemicals:

1. Carbon disulfide 2. Dichloromethane 3. Diethylamine 4. Methanol 5• Tewahydrofuran (b) A total of two specimens shall be permitted for testing

requirements. If the .testing is specified for both directions of a material, a total of two specimens per material direction shall be permitted for tesdng requirements.

24.4 The manufacturer shall maintain all design, inspection, performance, and test data from the certification organization produced during the recerfification of manufacturers' models and components. The manufacturer shall provide such data, upon request, to the purchaser or the authority having jurisdiction.

2-5 Manufacturer's Quality Assurance Program.

2-5.1 The manufacturer shall provide and maintain a quality assurance program that includes a documented inspection and product recall system. The manufacturer shall have an inspection system to substantiate conformance to this standard.

2-5.2 The manufacturer shall maintain written inspection and testing instructions. ~he instructions shall prescribe inspection mad testing of materiMs, work in process, and completed articles. Criteria for acceptance and rejection of materials, processes, and final product shall be part of the instructions.

2-5.3 The manufacturer shall maintain records of all pass/fall tests. Pass/fail records shall indicate the disposition of the failed material or product•

2-5.4 The manufacturer's inspection system shall provide for procedures that assure the latest applicable drawings, specifications, and instructions are used for fabrication, inspection, and testing.

2-5.5 The manufacturer shall, as part of the quality assurance program, maintain a c;flibration program of all instruments used to ensure proper control of testing. The calibration program shall be documented as to fine date of calibration and performance verification, e.¢~=.:.~

• .~ ~ 2-5.6 The manufacturer shall maintain a system for l d e ~ . ~ . , g th@! appropriate inspection status of component m a t e r i a l s # W r e n ~-~.

and finished oods process,

26. ' / The manufacturer shall establish and m en controlling nonconforming material, inc lud. '~ i~rocedff~.'~ror tl identificala~on, segregation, and d i s p o s i t i o ~ . . j e c t e d mR '~a l , l~tl nonconforming materials or products shall b ~ e t d t , e v e n t use, shipment, and intermingling with c o n f o r r ~ . a eri.a~: or products. ' @%:#::..

2-5.g The manufacturer 's quality assurance p r o g r a ~ t aU be audited by the third-pm:ty certification organization to determine that the program is sufficient to ensure continued product compliance with this standard.

2-6* ISO Registration for Manufacturers.

2-6.1 The manufacturer shall provide and operate a quality assurance program that meets the requirements of this section and that includes a product recall system as specified in 2-2.9.

2-6.2 The manufacturer shall be registered to ISO 9001, Quail 0 Systems - - Model for Quality Assurance in Design, Development, Production, Installation, and Servicing.

2-6.3 All components of the vapor-protective ensemble and all individual elements shall be required to be assembled in a facility that is registered at least to ISO 9002, Quail 0 Systems - - Model for Qualit 3 Assurance in Production, Installation, and Servicing.

2.6.4 The ISO registraton requirements shall have an effective date of 1 March 2002.

2-6.5 Until 1 March 2002, or until the date the manufacturer becomes ISO registered, whichever date occurs first, the manufacturer shall comply with Section 2-5.

Chapter 3 Labeling and Information

3-1 Product Label Requirements.

3-1.1 General.

3-1.1.1 Each vapor-protective ensemble and each individual element shall have a product label permanendy and conspicuously attached to each ensemble or individual element when the ensemble or element is properly assembled with all layers, components, and component parts in place.

3-1.1.2 Multiple label pieces shall be permitted in order to carry all statements and information required to be on the product label; however, all label pieces comprising the entire product label shall be located adjacent to each other.

3-1.1.3 All worded portions of the required product label shall at least be in English.

3-1.1.4 Symbols and other pictorial graphic representations shall be permitted to be used to supplement worded statements on the product label(s).

3-1.1.5 The certification organization's label, symbol, or identifying mark sh .~. ":~.e legibly printed on the product label. All letters shall be at l ~ - ~ : , mm (3/32 in.) high.

" ' ~ c e ...... 3-1.1.6 The c statements and information specified in 3- 1.2 and 3-1.5-~.~s." a p ~ b l e for the spedfic ensemble or individual ~tr::~ l-e-gi~ "luted on the product label. All letters element, ~: ~ " ~ rn~m (~, shall b ~ ~ .xx~ t high.

~:~" .¢,~ . . 3-1~*..~ . I n~d i t l on to compliance statements and information s p ~ c i ~ ~ . 6 , at least the following information shall also be printed~l~.~ly on the product label(s)• All letters shall be at least 2 m m

~ . . . M a n u f # r e r ' s name, identification, or designation ~ ~ c t u r e r ' s address

"y of manufacture !~ (d) Sift! style, number : model, or sedal

!~{e)¢..o Date of compliance testing to ASTM F 1052, Standard Test .~#,Viod for Pressure Testing of Vapor-Protective Ensembles

f ,~ Size (g) Suit, glove, footwear material(s), as applicable (h) Visor material(s) for suits (i). Glove component for ensemble (j) Footwear component for ensemble

3-1.1.8" Where detachable components of a vapor-protective ensemble or an individual element, including but not limited to such components as outer garments, outer gloves, or outer boots, must be worn with a vapor-protective ensemble or individual element in order for the ensemble or individual element to be compliant with this standard, at least the following statement and information shall also be printed legibly on the product label• All letters shall be at least 2.5 mm (3/32 in.) high. The appropriate term "ensemble" or "individual element" shall be inserted where indicated in the label text• The detachable component(s) shall be listed following this statement by type, identification, and how properly worn.

"FOR COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 1991, THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS MUST BE WORN IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS VAPOR- PROTECTIVE (insert the term 'ENSEMBLE' or ' I N D M D U A L ELEMENT' herr): ~

(List detachable components here.)

3-1.1.9 Detachable components specified in 3-1.1.8 shall meet the label requirements specified in ASTM F 1301, Standard Practice pr Labeling Chemical Protective Clothing. The label shall also meet the requirements of 3-1.1.1 through 3-1.1.5.

3-1.2 Ensemble Compl iance Statements.

1009

Page 22: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 ~ F 9 9 R O P

3-1.2.1 Each vapor-protective ensemble shall have at least the following compliance statement and information on the product label.

"THIS VAPOR-PROTECTIVE ENSEMBLE MEETS THE BASIC REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 1991, STANDARD ON VAPOR-PROTECTIVE ENSEMBLES FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS EMERGENCIES, 2000 EDITION, AND ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AS NOTED BELOW.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS YES NO

CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL TERRORISM INCIDENTS FOR THE FOLLOWING CHEMICAL WARFARE AGENTS:

Cyanogen Chloride, Lewisite, Sarin, V-agent, and Sulfur mustard, dlstilled.

L/M/TED CHEMICAL FLASH FIRE PROTECTION FOR ESCAPE ONLY IN THE EVENT OF A CHEMICAL FLASH FIRE

LIQUEFIED GAS PROTECTION

THE TECHNICAL DATA PACKAGE CONTAINS INFORMATION ON CHEMICALS AND SPECIFIC CHEMICAL MIXTURES FOR WHICH THIS SUIT IS CERTIFIED. CONSULT THE TECHNICAL DATA PACKAGE AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE.

DO NOT REMOVE THIS LABEL."

3-1.2.2 Where the ensemble provides one or more of the optional additional protection, the YES or NO box shall be marked as appropriate for each of the three additional requirements

3-1.2.3 Where the ensemble does not provide any of the optional additional protection above the basic requirements of this standard, the NO boxes shall be marked fo~" each of the three additional requirements.

3-1.3 Individual Element Compliance Statements. ..ji : ' : ' ~

3-1.3.1 Each individual element shall have at least t h % ~ k

compliance statement and information on the produc'i lal~ ~ appropriate term "glove" or "footwear" shall be ins ed.~.~ wh ~ : I ~ indicated in the label text. .~ . ~

"THIS " ~ , ' ~

THE BASIC REQUIREMENTS OF " ~ L ON VAPOR-PROTECTIVE E~ ]1~ STANDARD

FOR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS EMERGEN ~'~000 EDITION, AND ANY ADDITIONAL REQUI~ F~TS AS NOTED BELOW.

ADDITIONAL R E Q U I ~ E N T S

CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL TERRORISM INCIDENTS FOR THE FOLLOWING CHEMICAL WARFARE AGENTS:

Cyanogen Chloride, Lewisite, Satin, V-agent, and Sulfur mustard~ distilled.

LIMITED CHEMICAL FLASH FIRE PROTECTION FOR ESCAPE ONLY IN THE EVENT OF A CHEMICAL FLASH FIRE

LIQUEFIED GAS PROTECTION

YES NO

THE TECHNICAL DATA PACKAGE CONTAINS INFORMATION ON CHEMICALS AND SPECIFIC CHEMICAL MIXTURES FOR WHICH THIS element name 'GLOVE' or 'FOOTWEAR' here) IS CERTIFIED. CONSULT THE TECHNICAL DATA PACKAGE AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE.

DO NOT REMOVE THIS LABEL."

3-1.3.2 Where the individual element provides one or more of the optional additional protection, the YES or NO box shall be marked as appropriate for each of the three additional requirements

3-1.3.3 Where the individual element does not provide any of the optional additional protection above the basic requirements of this standard, the NO boxes shall be marked for each of the three additional requirements.

3-2* User Information.

3-2.1 The manufacturer shall provide user information including, but not limited to, warnings, information, and instructions with each vapor-protective ensemble and each individual element.

3-2.2 The manufacturer shall attach the required user information, or packaging containing the user information, to the vapor-protective ensemble or individual element in such a manner that it is not possible to use the ensemble or element without being aware of the a~ti~ability of the information. ~x~.~.:.

x-:, q.',%

3-2.3 The r e q u ~ u s e r information, or packaging containing the user m f o r m a ~ ' , ~ l i ~ be attached to the vapor-protective ensemble ~ l v i d ~ e m e n t so that a deliberate action is necess ,X anufacturer shall provide notice the ,."~:~" .. ~%~ us, ' ~ 6 ~ o n is t~ # m o v e d ONLY by the end user.

3 - ~ ¢ e - - - - ~ u f a c t u r e r ~ a l l provide at least the following in~tru - ' ~ i n f o r m a t i o n with each vapor-protective ensemble

::~,~. M~.~ng recommendations and restrictions :.':.~ 4. A] ta tement that most performance properties of the vapor- ~ . ~cdve ensemble or individual element cannot be tested by the ~ i n the field }x" 5. Closure lubricants, if applicable;

6. Suit visor antifog agents or procedures 7. Recommended undergarments 8. Shelf life 9. Warranty information (b) Preparation for use: 1. Sizing/adjustment 2. Recommended storage practices

(c) Inspection frequency and details (d) Don/doff: 1. Donning and dofl~ng procedures 2. Sizing and adjustment procedures 3. Interface issues (e) Proper use consistent with NFPA 1500, Standard on Fire

Department Occupational Safe~ 3 and Health Program, and 29 C ~ 1910.132.

(0 Maintenance and Gleaning:. 1. Cleaning instructions and precautions with a statement

advising users not to use garments that are not thoroughly cleaned and dried

2. Inspection details 3. Maintenance criteria and methods of repair, where applicable 4. Decontamination procedures for both chemical and

biological contamination (g) Retirement and disposal criteria and consideration

3-2~i* Vapor-protective ensemble and individual element manufacturers shall furnish a log book with each ensemble and individual element along with instructions on the log book's proper completion and maintenance.

3-2.6 The manufacturer shall state the storage life for each vapor- protective ensemble and individual element.

3-3 Technical Data Package.

1010

Page 23: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 - - F 9 9 R O P

3-3.1 General.

3-3.1.1" The manufacturer shall furnish a technical data package with each vapor-protective ensemble and individual element.

3-3.1.2" The technical data package shall contain all documentation required by this standard and the data showing compliance with this standard.

(a) Suit material-suit material (b) Suit material-visor (c) Suit material--glove (d) Suit material-footwear (e) Suit material-suit closure (f) Outer cover-outer cover

Chapter 4 Design Requirements

3-3.1.3 In the technic~d data package, the manufacturer shall describe the vapor-protective ensemble or individual elements in terms of manutacturer trade name, model number, manufacturer replaceable components and component parts, and available options such as accessories, testing devices, and sizes.

4-1 Ensemble Requirements.

4-1.1 Vapor-protective ensembles shall be designed and configured to protect the wearer's torso, head, arms, legs, hands, and feet, and shall completely enclose the wearer.

3-3.1.4" In the technical data package, the manufacturer shall describe the available :fizes of the vapor-protective ensemble. Descriptions of sizes shall include the range in height and weight for persons fitting each particular size andshal l provide information to the wearer as to whether these sizes apply to persons wearing SCBA, hard hats, communications devices, structural fire-fighting protective clothing, and other similar clothing or equipment..

3-3.2 Material and Component Descriptions.

4-1.2 Vapor-protective ensembles shall consist of a suit with hood, tghloves, and footwear. The suit hood shall be provided with a visor

at is designed to allow the wearer to see outside the chemical protective ensemble. The visor shall be constructed of a transparent material that qualifies as a chemical-protective layer.

4-1.2.1 Vapor-protective ensembles shall be permitted to be constructed using an outer garment designed to be worn over the suit element where such additional garments are necessary to meet the suit ensemble element requirements of this standard.

3-3.2.1 Where specific clothing items, equipment, or component parts are required for certifying the vapor-protective ensemble or individual element as compliant with this standard, the manufacturer shall list these clothing items, equipment, or component parts in the technical data package.

3-3.2.2 The manufacturer shall provide, in the technical data package, the list and descriptions of the following ensemble or individual element materials and component parts, where applicable:

4-1.2.2 Vapor-protective ensembles shall be permitted to be constructed using an outer glove designed to be worn over the glove ensemble element where such additional gloves are necessary

~ b l e element requirements of this standard. to meet the glove .e.~

4-1.2.3 Vapor-~(~ctive"gnsembles shall be permitted to be constructed u j ~ f f ~ o u t e r boot designed to be worn over a footwear e n s ~ 0 b l e ~ g ~ . e n t or bootie where such additional boots are n e c ~ y n e e t ~ o o t w e a r ensemble element requirements of this : ~ ~ ~.~. .~¢~ ... . .

(a) Suit material (b) Visor material (c) Glove material and type of at tachment (d) Footwear material and type of attachment (e) Zipper/closure type and materials (f) Material seam types and composition (g) Exhaust valve types and material(s) (b) External fitting qlpes and material(s) (i) External gasket types and material(s) (j) Outer suit, glove, or boot material(s) (k) Type or style of head protection accommodated '

suit

3-3.2.3 All descriptions of material composition t k l ~ e c i f y ~ % either the generic material names or trade n , ~ ~ ~

material is proprietary x~ "m~.'~ ~.~ composition of the

protective ensemble materials, individual e l e m c ~ l ~ ' a n d folio aauon: component part materials shall include the ~ h

(a) Visor material: .~ I. The availability of any permanent detachable covers and films

(b) Gloves: 1. Type of linings or surface treatments 2. Available glove sizes (c) Footwear: 1. Type of linings or surface treatments 2. Type of soles or special toe reinforcements $. Available footwem sizes d Suit zipper or closure:

(L) The material(s) of construction for the closure (including chain, slide, pull, and tape for zippers)

2. The location and the length of the completed closure assembly

3. A description of any protective covers for flaps (e) Suit exhaust valves or ports: 1. Type, such as flapper, pressure demand 2. Number and method of at tachment to the suit 3. A description of rely protective covers or pockets (f) Other clothing items (e.g., outer garments): 1. Type and how used with protective suit

3-$.2.5 The manufactm er shall describe, in the technical data fPoackage, the type of se~rns or methods of at tachment for the

Uowing ensemble material and component combinations:

e4-1 i ~ ~ . uter g4"tves and outer boots, vapor-protective ~ ° d e s i g n e d so that all separate components are

secure] !hed and provided as a single and integrated unit. .#

~-1.4 Vap, o r ~ ' e c t i v e ensembles shall be offered in at least four d.#d~erent sizes.

4 protective ensembles shall be equipped with an ~(s). The exhaust valve(s) shall be one-way valve(s).

l~ e~ne-way valves shall be designed to release exhaust air from nside of the vapor-protective ensemble to the outside

'ironment through the exhaust valve, and shall prevent entry of :ontaminated air into the vapor-protective ensemble from the outside environment through the exhaust valve.

4-1.6 The mounting mechanism of exhaust valves shall be designed to allow their removal and reinstallation or replacement, for inspection, from the vapor-protective ensemble.

4-1.7 The vapor-protective ensemble suit with hood and visor, glove and footwear shall be constructed using primary material that shall provide the protection from chemical and physical hazards. The primary material shall include the chemical- protective layer that can be configured as a separate layer or as a composite.

4-1.8 The chemical-protective layer shall be designed to provide permeation resistance to chemicals and gastight integrity for the vapor-protective ensemble. The chemical-protective layer shall be considered as primary material and shall be permitted to be configured as a separate layer or as a composite with other primary materials. The chemical.protective layer shall be permitted to depend on the other primary material to provide the physical protection.

4-1.9 Protective covers or pockets constructed using the suit rimary material shall be provided to protect the exhaust valves om direct chemical splashes to the seat of the exhaust valve(s).

The pockets or covers shall allow access to the valves for removal and inspection.

4-1.10 All external hardware and fittings shall be free of rough spots, burrs, or sharp edges that could tear materials.

4-2 Glove Requirements.

1011

Page 24: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

4-2.1 Vapor-protective gloves shall be designed and configured to protect the wearer's hands and wrists.

4-2.2 Vapor-protective gloves shall provide protection from the finger tips to at least 25 mm (1 in.) beyond the wrist crease.

4-2.8 Vapor-protective gloves shall be constructed using primary material that shal lprovide the protection from chemical and physical hazards. The primary material shall include the chemical- protective layer that can be configured as a separate layer or as a composite.

4-2.4 The chemical-protective layer shall be designed to provide permeation resistance to chemicals and gastight integrity for the vapor-protective glove. The chemical-protective layer shall be considered as primary material and shall be permitted to be configured as a separate layer or as a composite with other primary materials. The chemicalTprotective layer shall be permitted to depend on the other primary material to provide the physical protection.

4-2.5 Vapor-protective gloves shall be permitted to be constructed using an outer .~love designed to be worn over the primary glove where such additional gloves are necessary to meet the glove requirements of this standard.

4-2.6 The interface of vapor-protective glove to vapor-protective suit sleeve interface shall be designed to permit removal and replacement of the gloves attached to each suit sleeve within 30 minutes.

4-2.7 All external hardware and fittings shall be free of rough spots, burrs, or sharp edges that could tear materials.

4-3 Footwear Requirements.

4-3.1 Vapor-protective footwear shall be designed and configured to provide protection to the feet and ankles.

4-3.2 Vapor-protective footwear shall provide protection for an area of not less than 200 mm (8 in.) in height when measured from the plane of the sole bottom.

4-3.3 Booties, where provided, shall be designed as an extension of the chemical protective suit leg, shall cover the entire foot and a n m , and shall provide protection to the feet when worn conjunction with an outer boot. .~

4-3.4 Vapor-protective footwear shall be constructed material that shall provide the protection from chemical physical hazards. The primary material shall i n c ~ c .ote vo o ure. composite. .~

4-$.5 The chemical-protective layer shall ge d t~g~ed to p t ~ d e permeation resistance to chemicals and gastig t ' . t ~ [ r i t y f ~ t h e vapor-protective footwear. The chemical-prot cti,)l~.~er#~fiall be considered as primary material and shall ne p e ~ r m i t t L ~ l~e configured as a separate layer or as a composite wit l~t laer primary materials. The chemical-protective layer shall be pen'nitted to depend on the other primary material to provide the physical protection.

4-3.6 Vapor-protective footwear shall be permitted to be constructed using an outer boot designed to be worn over the primary footwear or bootie where such additional boots are necessary to meet the footwear requirements of this standard

4-3.7 All external hardware and fittings shall be free of rough spots, burrs, or sharp edges that could tear materials.

4-4 Accessories.

4-4.1 An), accessories attached to a vapor-protective ensemble or any indiwdual element shall not interfere with the function of the ensemble or individual element or with the function of any of the ensemble's or individual element's component parts.

44.2 Where a vapor-protective ensemble or any individual element is provided with an accessory or accessories that are attached to or integrated with the ensemble or individual element, the ensemble or individual element shall meet all of the design and performance requirements of this standard with accessories installed. In all

cases, such accessories shall not degrade the performance of the vapor-protectlve ensemble or individual element.

Chapter 5 Performance Requirements

5-1 Ensemble Requirements.

5-1.1 Vapor-protective ensembles shall be tested for liquidtight integrity as specified by Section 6-3, Liquidtight Integrity Test, and shall not allow any water penetration.

5-1.2 Vapor-protective ensembles shall be tested for overall function and integrity as specified in Section 6-4, Overall Suit Ensemble Function and Inte[[rity Test, and shall meet the following performance criteria:

(a) Ensembles shall have an ending pressure of at least 80 mm (3 5 /$2 in.) water gauge pressure.

(b) Ensembles shall allow the test subject to complete all tasks. (c) Ensembles shall accommodate heat protection devices

meeting the requirements for Type I, Class G helemts of ANSI Z89.1, Standard for Industiral Head Protection.

(d) Ensembles shall permit the test subject to see through the visor with a visual acuity of 20/35 or better.

(e) Ensembles shall permit the test subject to remove and. reinsert their hand into the glove system.

5-1.$ Vapor-protective ensembles shall be tested for airflow capacity as specified in Section 6-5, Maximum Suit Ventilation Rate Test, and shall exhibit,no internal pressures greater than 38 mm (1 1/2 in.) water g a u . : ~ u r e , and shall show an ending pressure of at least 80 m - ~ 5-/3~'in.) water ~auge pressure after subsequent t e ~ g e ~ _ g a s t i g h t integrity as specified in Section 6-2,

5-1.4

gauge.

ve ~ t e s , on which external fittings are tte a ~ p r u n a r y materials, shall be tested for peci~ J in Section 6-2, Gastight Integrity Test, pressure of at least 80 mm (3 5 /32 in.) water

~ctive ensemble specimens shall be tested for specified in Secuon 6-8, Overall Ensemble

Test, and shall have no inward leakage greater

1 ~ . ~ Exhaust valves installed in vapor-protective suits shall be t~/-i~d for mounting strength as specified in Section 6-9, Exhaust ~t]ve Mounting Strength Test, and shall not have a failure force of .less than 135 N (30 lb force).

5-1./ External fittings installed in vapor-protective ensembles shall be tested for pull-out strength as specified in Section 6-13, Fitting Pull Out Strength Test, and shall not have a failure force of less than 1000 N (225 Ib force).

5-1~ Each vapor-protective ensemble shall be tested for gastight integrity by the certification organization as specified in 2-3.1.1.

5-1.9 Each exhaust valve installed in a vapor-protective ensemble shall be tested for inward leakage by the cerufication organization as specified in 2-$.1.2.

5-2 Suit Requirements.

5-2.1" Vapor-protective suit materials shall be tested for permeation resistance after flexing and abrading as specified in Section 6-6, Chemical Permeation Resistance Test, and shall not exhibit a breakthrough detection time of one hour or less for each chemical in ASTM F 1001, Standard Guide for Chemicals to Evaluate Protective Clothing Materials, and shall not exhibit a breakthrough detection time of 1 hour or less for each additional chemical or specific chemical mixture for which the manufacturer is certifying the ensemble.

5-2.2 Vapor-protective suit materials shall be tested for resistance to flame impingement as specified in Section 6-7, Flammability Resistance Test, and shall not ignite during the initial 3 second exposure period, shall not burn a distance of greater than 100 mm (4 in.), shall not sustain burning for more than 10 seconds, and shall not melt as evidenced by flowing or dripping during the subsequent 12-second exposure period.

1012

Page 25: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 ~ F99 R O P

5-2.$ Vapor-protective suit material shall be tested for burs t ing s t rength as specified in Section 6-10, Burst S t reng th Test, and shall have a burs t ing s t reng th o f n o t less t han 200 N (45 Ib force).

5-2.4 Vapor-protective suit mater ia ls shall be tested for punc tu r e propagat ion tear resistance as specified in Section 6-11, Punc tu re Propagat ion Tear Resistance Test, and shall have a punc t u r e propaga t ion tear resistance of no t less t han 5 kg (11 Ib).

5-2.5 Vapor-protective suit materials shall be tested for cold weather pe r fo rmance as specified in Section 6-12, Cold T e m p e r a t u r e Pe r fo rmance Tes t One , and shall n o t have a bend ing m o m e n t greater t han 0.56 N x m (0.5 Ib x in.) at a angula r deflect ion of 60 degrees and -25°C (-13°F).

5-2.6* Vapor-protective suit seams shall be tested for pe rmea t ion resistance as specified in Section 6.6, Chemical Pe rmea t ion Resistance Test, and shall no t exhibi t a b reak th rough detect ion t ime of 1 hou r or less for each chemical in ASTM F1001, Standard Guide for Chemicals to Evaluate Protective Clothing Materials, and shall no t exhibi t a b r eak th rough detect ion t ime of 1 h o u r or less for each addit ional chemical or specific chemical mix ture for which the manufac tu re r is certifying the ensemble.

5-2.7 Vapor-protectiw: suit seams shall be tested for seam s t rength as specified in Section 6-24, S e a m / C l o s u r e Breaking St rength Test, and shall have a breaking s t rength of no t less than 2.88 k N / m (30

55.6* Visor material seams shall be tested for pe rmea t ion resistance as specified in Section 6-6, Chemical Pe rmea t ion Resistance Test, a n d shall no t exhibi t a normal ized b reak th rough detec t ion t ime of 1 h o u r or less for each chemical in ASTM F 1001, Standard Guide for Chemicals to Evaluate Protective Clothing Materials, and shall no t exhibit a b r eak th rough detec t ion t ime of 1 h o u r or less for each addi t ional chemical or specific chemical mixture for which the manu fac tu r e r is certifying the ensemble.

5-3.7 Visor mater ia l seams shall be tested for s eam s t rength as specified in Section 6-24, S e a m / C l n s u r e Breaking S t rength Test, a n d shall have a breaking s t reng th of no t less t h a n 134 N / f 0 m m (30 lb f o r ce /2 in.).

5-4 Glove Requi rements .

5-4.1" Vapor-protective glove materials shall be tested for pe rmea t ion resistance after f lexing a n d abrad ing as spedf i ed in Section 6-6, Chemical Permeat ion Resistance Test, and shall no t exhibit a b reak th rough detect ion t ime of I h o u r or less for each chemical in ASTM F 1001, Standard Guide for Chemicals to Evaluate Protective Clothing Materials, a n d shall no t exhibit a b reak th rough detec t ion t ime of 1 h o u r or less for each addi t ional chemical or

~ ecific chemical mixture for which the manu fac tu r e r is certifying e ensemble .

5-4.2 Vapor-protective glove materials shall be tested for resistance to f lame I m p i n g e m e n t a s specif ied in Section 6-7, Flammabil i ty

lb f o r c e / 2 in.). Resistance Test, and shall no t ignite du r ing the initial 3-second ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . exposure per iod and-~hall n o t bu rn a dis tance of greater than 100

a-z.a vapor -p ro tecuve suit Closure assemDues snail De testect tor m "" "n " s ' - - ' l ..~:~x . • b n" " r " "^ e - - -heroical n ~ e t r o t ; O ~ re- ; - ta~-e o s ~ - ; ¢ , ~ a ; - q ~ - ~ ; ~ ~-95 m t~ I O, nai R~t: '~t~. m ur nng tor m o e m a n 1o s conns, . . . . . . . v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s" U t ~ t s e v i ~ c - - b ~o . . . . . u " " e Chemical Penet ra t ion Resistance Test and show no pene t ra t ion an ct n a no]mq~:...t~evt n ect y u. wing or cropping ct r ing m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "~ . . . . . . . . s unsequen t 1 2 ~ exposure period. tor each nquna cnemu:ai in .A.~IM l ~ 1 nO l, ~tandara t.,taae jor ,.~,..~: "~;.8"$'~ Chemicals to Evaluate I~rotective Clothing Materials, and for any . . . . . . "~.:~i~. ~ % ~ . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . a - ~ va ~ cuv ve maternms snau De tes tea tor cut addttaonal chemtcals or spectfic chemical mtx tures for whtch the . L ~ . r .~e ~ v ~ e m : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . res is ta~.g~"~-~L~t leo i ~ g l o n o-l~, L, Ut Kesxstance l e s t , anct manu t ac tu r e r is cerUtymg m e sum shall . ~ v e g cui: dis tance o " ~ ) t m o r e than 25 m m (1 in.). ~.¢. "*-$x .¢:.¢*

5-2.9 Vapor-protective suit closure assemblies shall be tested for ~ . - ~ : , : ~ . . . - . v . . . . . . . . . . . . a-4;4 ~.@ ~ . t e c u v e g~ove matenaJs snaa de tes tea ~or punc tu re closure s t rength as specified in Secnon 6-24 S eam/ C l osu re • _ ~:. . .~ ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ . - - . . . ' 7i . . . r e s t s t a n ~ , ~ spec tueo m oecnon ~1o, r u n c t u r e Keslstance l e s t

~ reag lng ;5tren~m ~est, a n n snail nave a nreardng s t r engm ot no t ~ -i:~-~r~;;, a ctur " - - e . . . . . . . . . . less than o 88 k"N/m t30 Ib fo r ce / 9 in ~ .,.~ ~ n e , a n n ~ . . n . ~ . e p u n c t e reststmac o t no t less m a n z.~ ~g ~a

5.9.10 Vapor-protective suit material shall be tested for rate of $/- . '~:~, , '~ '~ ~-~):~" _ . . . . . . . . . . . . static electric d ischarge as specif ied in Section 6.29 Static Charge ~ : ~ . . 5 4 ~ i ~ r o t e c u v e glove ma te .na~ sn.au o e t e s t e d . t o r COla Accumula t ion Resistance Test, and shall show no voltage gre~.~d:,.-,. ~eOammeeD ~atu~re°~T~orCea~nSP~emst~ne 3~°~aa~'l~ave~°ambendin ~ It, , g t han $50 V 5 seconds after t e rmina t ion of charge g e n e r a t i ~ ~ 4 ~ :~, empera tu re

' ~ ':~,.-~ ~.:,~R~ent o f 0.56 N x m (0.5 ib x in.) at a angula r deflect ion of 60 5-2.11 Each vapor-pro~ective sui t with visor installed, ~ 4 a e ~0~,-.-~.. ~ e e s a n d -25 C (-1~ F). tested for gaslaght integrity by the certificaUon o r g a n l z ~ f i o ~ t ~ # ' * x " ¢ ' ~ specif ied in 2-3.1.1. x~.,.~.2~$: ~-~-'-~'5-4.fi Vapor-protective gloves shall be tested for dexteri ty as

~ ~ ~ . - spedf i ed in Section 6-17 Glove H a n d Funct ion Test, an d shall . . .~:~ . . . . . ~ . x.~ :-.-- #-" . . .

5-3 Sunt Visor Requwements . ~..:~ ~ : ; . , '("i~, ~" mee t the following pe r fo rmance criteria:

5-3.1" Visor materials shall be tested for ~ . f i o n e s i s ~ c e as (a) Gloves shall have an average pe rcen t of ba re -handed control specif ied in Sect ion 6-6, Chemical P e r m e a t i o n X ] ~ t 2 ~ce T.,.~t, and n o t exceeding 140 p e r c e n t for the Cross Dexterity Tes t A. shall no t exhibi t breakdarough detect ion t ime of'l~[/~ r ol~.#/4~ss for (b) Gloves shall have an average pe rcen t of ba re -handed control each chemical in ASTM F 1001, Standard C, u ide for '~ #'~'ls to no t exceeding 140 pe rcen t for the Gross Dexterity Tes t B. Evaluate Protective Clothing Materials, and shall no t ex ~ i t a (c) Gloves shall allow a p in with an average d iamete r o f 5 m m b reak th rough detec t ion tame of 1 h o u r or less for ea~ addit ional (3 /16 in.) to be picked up for the Free Dexteri ty Test. chemical or specific chemical mix tu re for which the manu fac tu r e r is certifying the ensemhle..

5-3.2 Visor materials shall be tested for resistance to f lame i m p i n g e m e n t as specif ied in Sect ion 6-7, Flammabil i ty Resistance Test, and shall no t ignite du r i ng the initial 3-second exposure period, and shall no t bu rn a dis tance of greater than 100 m m (4

.), shall no t sustain b u r n i n g for more than 10 seconds, a n d shall no t mel t as evidenced by flowing or dr ipp ing du r ing the s u b s e q u e n t 12-second exposure period.

5-3.$ Visor materials shall be tested for burs t ing s t rength as sped f i ed in Section 6.10, Burst St rength Test, and shall have a burs t ing s t reng th o f no~: less t han 200 N (45 Ib force).

(d) Gloves shall allow pins with an average spacing of 5 m m (3 /16 in.) to be de tec ted for the Tactility Test.

(e) Gloves shall have an average pe rcen t of ba re -handed control no t less than 80 pe rcen t for the Grip Test A.

5-4.7 Vapor-protective glove materials shall be tested for rate of static electric d ischarge as sped f i ed in Section 6-29, Static Charge Accumula t ion Resistance Test, and shall show no voltage greater than 350 V, 5 seconds after t e rmina t ion of charge generat ion.

5-4.8 Each vapor-protective glove shall be tested fo rga s t i g h t integrity by the certification organizat ion as s p e d f i e d in 2-3.1.1.

5-5 Footwear Requi rements .

5-S.4 Visor mater ia ls shall be tested for punc t u r e propagat ion tear resistance as specified in Section 6-11, Punc ture Propagat ion Tear Resistance Test, and shall have a punc t u r e propagaUon tear resistance of no t less than 5 kg (11 Ib).

55 .5 Visor materials shall be tested for cold t empera tu re bend ing as specified in Section (5-14, Cold T e m p e r a t u r e Per formance Test Two, and shall no t crack or show evidence of visible damage .

5-5.1 Vapor-protective footwear uppe r mater ia ls shall be tested for pe rmea t ion resistance after f lexing a n d abrad ing as specified in Section 6-6, Chemical Permeat ion Resistance Test, and shall no t exhibit a b reak th rough detect ion t ime of 1 h o u r or less for each chemical in ASTM F 1001, Standard Guide for Chemicals to Evaluate Protective Clothing Materials, a n d shall no t exhibit a b reak th rough detect ion t ime of I hou r or less for each addit ional chemical or

~ ecific chemical mix ture for which the m a n u f a c t u r e r is certifying e ensemble .

1 0 1 3

Page 26: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

5-5.2 Vapor-protective footwear upper materials shall be tested for resistance to flame impingement as specified in Section 6-7, Flammability Resistance Test, and shall not ignite during the initial S-second exposure period, and shall not burn a distance of greater than 100 mm (4 in.), shall not sustain burning for more than 10 seconds, and shall not melt as evidenced by flowing or dripping during the subsequent 12-second exposure period.

5-5.3 Vapor-protective footwear upper materials shall be tested for cut resistance as specified in Section 6-15, Cut Resistance Test, and have a cut distance of not more than 25 mm (1 in.).

5-5.4 Vapor-protective footwear upper materials shall be tested for uncture resistance as specified in Section 6-16, Puncture esistance Test One, and have a puncture resistance of not less

than 3.6 kg (8 Ib).

5-5.5 Vapor-protective footwear toes shall be tested for impact and compression resistance as specified in Section 6-21, Impact and Compression Test, and shall have an impact resistance of not less than 101.7J (75 ft-lb) and a compression resistance of not less than 11,121 N (2500 Ib force).

additional criteria for liquefied gas protection shall also meet all applicable requirements in Section 5-1 through Section 5-5.

5-7.2* Primary suit, glove, and footwear materials shall be tested for liquefied gas permeation resistance as specified in Section 6-6, Chemical Permeation Resistance Test, and shall not exhibit a normalized breakthrough detection time of 15 minutes or less for each gaseous chemical in ASTM F I001, Standard C, uidefor Chemicals to Evaluate Protective Clothing Materials, and shall not exhibit a normalized breakthrough detection time of 15 minutes or less for each additional liquefied gas that the manufacturer is certifying the ensemble.

5-7,$ Primary suit, glove, and footwear materials shall be tested for permeation resistance after cold temperature embrittlement exposure as specified in Section 6-6, Chemical Permeation Resistance Test, and shall not exhibit normalized breakthrough detection times of 60 minutes or less, and shall not show signs of damage.

5-8 Optional Combined Chemical Flash Fire and Liquefied Gas Protection Requirements.

5-5.6 Vapor-protective footwear soles and heels shall be tested for puncture resistance as specified in Section 6-19, Puncture Resistance Test Two, and shall have a puncture resistance of not less than 123.4 kg (272 Ib).

5-5.7 Vapor-protective footwear soles and heels shall be tested for abrasion resistance as specified in Section 6-20, Abrasion Resistance Test, and have an abrasion resistance rating of not less than 65.

5-5.8 Vapor-protective footwear soles or ladder shanks shall be tested for bending resistance as specified in Section 6-22, Ladder Shank Bend Resistance Test, and shall not deflect more than 6 mm ( 1 / 4 in.).

5-8.1 Vapor-protective ensembles, ensemble elements, and individual elements that will be certified as compliant with both the additional criteria for chemical flash fire protection for escape only and with the additional criteria for liquefied gas protection shall also meet all applicable requirements in Section 5-1 through Section 5-5.

5-8.2 Vapor-pro individual elem¢ protection as £s]# not have a n y ~ an e ndi n~.~t~e'~

~ e m b l e s , ensemble elements, and all 'be tested for overall ensemble flash by Section 6-27, Ensemble Flash Test, shall

~,fimes of longer than 2 seconds, shall show ~ a s t 13 mm (1 /2 in.) water gauge in the t ~ g , 4 ~ s t i n g , and shall permit visual acuity ~/10~'tr better.

5-5.9 Vapor-protective footwear soles shall he tested for slip resistance as specified in Section 6-23, Slip Resistance Test, and shall have a static coefficient of 0.75 or greater.

5-5.10 Each vapor-protective footwear shall be tested for gastigbt integrity by the certification organization as specified in 2-3.1.1.

5-6 Optional Chemical Flash F'Lre Protection R~cluiremen ...:~.'~'~.~.-

5-6.1 Vapor-protective ensembles, ensemble e l e m e n t s : , ~ . :~. ,~:- ,:~:e individual elements that will be certified as compliant.-.-.-~tll additional criteria for chemical flash fire protection for es • only shall also meet all applicable requirements i . ~ . , [ 9 n ~.~-~.~N through Section 5-5. ,~.~,~.~,,-x " x . - ~

5-6.2 Vapor-protective ensembles, e n s e m ~ " " e n t s ~ d " ~ g~" individual elements shall be tested for o v e ~ a l ~ m b l ' e fla~!

, mnsem protection as specified by Section 6-27 b l ~ s h T e ~ shall than 2 se not have any afterflame times of longer d ~ l l show

an ending pressure of at least 15 mm (1/2 in.) w a t ~ . ' i ~ - ~: in the subsequent gastight integrity testing, "" ?~'~'~" and shall permi.~ sual acuity through the visor of 20/100 or better.

5-6.3 Primary suit, glove, and footwear materials shall be tested for thermal protective performance (TPP) as specified in Section 6-28, Thermal Protective Performance Test, and shall have an average TPP rating of not less than 12.

Thermal 1~ , ~ P rating

glove, and footwear materials shall be tested for performance (TPP) as specified in Section 6-28, Performance Test, and shall have an average

.'ss than 12.

suit, glove, and footwear materials shall be tested for ~n~.~b flame impingement as specified in Section 6-7, naa~dity Test, a n d shall not ignite during the initial 3-second rare period, shall not burn a distance of greater than 100 mm .), shall not sustain burning for more than 2 seconds, and not melt as evidenced by flowing or dripping during the quent 12-second exposure period.

5-8,5 Suit and glove materials shall be tested for the rate of static electric discharge as specified in Section 6-29, Static Charge Accumulation Resistance Test, and show no voltage greater than 350 V, 5 seconds after termination of charge generation.

5-8.6* Primary suit, glove, and footwear materials shall be tested for liquefied gas permeation resistance as specified in Section 6-6, Chemical Permeation Resistance Test, and shall not exhibit a normalized breakthrou~gh detection time of 15 minutes or less for each gaseous chemical in ASTM F 1001, Standard Guide for Chemicals to Evaluate Protective Clothing Materials, and shall not exhibit a normalized breakthrough detection time of 15 minutes or less for each additional liquefied gas that the manufacturer is certifying the ensemble.

5-6.4 Primary suit, glove, and footwear materials shall be tested for resistance to flame impingement as specified in Section 6-7, Flammability Test, andsha l l not ignite during the initial $-second exposure period, shall not burn a distance of greater than 100 mm (4 in.), shall not sustain burning for more than 2 seconds, and shall not melt as evidenced by flowing or dripping during the subsequent 12-second exposure period.

5-6.5 Suit and glove materials shall be tested for the rate of static electric discharge as specified in Section 6-29, Static Charge Accumulation Resistance Test, and shall show no voltage greater than 350 V at 5 seconds after termination of charge generation.

5-7 Optional Liquefied Gas Protection Requirements.

5-7.1 Vapor-protectlve ensembles, ensemble elements, and individual elements that will be certified as compliant with the

5-8.7 Primary suit, glove, and footwear materials shall be tested for permeation resistance after cold temperature embritflement exposure as specified in Section 6-6, Chemical Permeation Resistance Test, and shall not exhibit normalized breakthrough detection times of 60 minutes or less, and shall not show signs of damage.

5-9 Optional Chemical and Biological Terrorism Protection Requirements.

5-9.1 Primary suit, glove, and footwear materials and seams shall be tested for cyanogen chloride [CK (blood agent)] permeation resistance as specified in Section 6-6, Chemical Permeation Resistance Test, and shall not exhibit normalized breakthrough detection times of 1 hour or less.

1014

Page 27: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

5-9.2 Primary suit, glove, and footwear materials and seams shall be tested for permeation resistance for 60 minutes as specified in Method 2.2, "Liquid Agent Contamination/Vapor Penetration," of CRDC.,SP-84010, Laborator) Methods for Evalouating oProtective Clothing System* Against Chemical Agents; at $2 C, :t:2C (90 F, +4°F), closed top; at a contamination density of 100 g / m ; and shall not exceed a cumulative permeation of 1.25 p.g for satin (GB, or isopropyl methyl phosphonoflnoridate) and V-agent (VX, or O-ethyl S-[2- {diisopr opylamino}ethyl] methyl phosphonothiate) .

5-9.2.1 Primary suit and glove materials shall be tested for permeation resistance after both flexing and abrading, as specified in 6-1.3 and 6-1.4, respectively.

5-9.2.2 Primary footwear materials shall be tested forpermeat ion resistance after both flexing and abrading, as specifiedin 6-1.6 and 6-1.4, respectively.

5-9.3 Primary suit, glove, and footwear materials and seams shall be tested for permeation resistance for 60 minutes as specified in Method 2.2, ' Liquid Agent Contamination/Vapor Penetration," of CRDG-SP-84010, Laboratory Methods for Evaluating Protective Clothing Systems Against Chemiod Agents; at 32 C, ±2 C (90°F, +4°F); closed top; at a contamination density of 1 0 0 g / m ; and shall not exceed a cumulative permeation of 4 p.g for sulfur mustard, distilled [HD, or bls(2-chloroethyl)sulfide], and lewisite [L, or dichIoro(2- chlorovinyl)arsine].

5-9.$.1 Primary suit and glove materials shall be tested for permeation resistance after both flexing and abrading, as specified in 6-1.3 and 6-1.4, respectively.

5-9.3.2 Primary footwear materials shall be tested forpermeat ion resistance after both flexing and abrading, as specifiedin 6-1.6 and 6-1.4, respectively.

5-9.4 Vapor-protective ensembles shall be tested for inward leakage as specified in Section 6-8, Overall Ensemble Inward Leakage Test, and shall have no inward leakage greater than 0.02 percent.

Chapter 6 Test Methods

6-1 Sample Preparation Procedures.

6-1.1 Application. . .4~l~'~e~l

6-1.1.1 The sample preparation procedures containec~'~'in ~ i ~ ~! section shall apply to each test method in this chap.re . as ~ specifically referenced in the sample preparatio~..'~m ~ i o f ea~!~::.. test method. . .:~*'~a ~'~"

:::::'~.~ --~ .. 6-1.1.2 Only the specific sample preparati~J$:i"~edl 'e ot~'~.-".: procedures referenced in the sample preparau~.~ .~ on o ~ a c h test method shall be applied to that test meth ,od.%~.~

6-1.2 Room Temperature Conditioning Procedure. y,

6-1.2.1 Specimens shall be conditioned at a temperature of 21 °C, +3°C (70°'F, +_5°F) and a relative humidity of 65 percent, _+5 percent until equilibrium is reached as determined in accordance with Section 4 of Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Textile Test Methods, or for at least 24 hours, whichever is shortest. Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.

6-1.3 Flexural Fatigue Procedure for Suit Materials.

6-1.3.1 Specimens shall be subjected to flexural fatigue in ", accordance with ASTM F 392, Standard Test Mahod for Flex Durability of Flexible Barrier Materials, with the following modifications:

(a) In lieu of Flexing Conditions A, B, C, D, or E, test specimens shall have a flex period of 100 cycles at 45 cycles per minute. A cycle shall be full flex and twisting action.

(b) Anisotropic materials shall be tested in both machine and transverse directions.

6-1.3.2 The preconditioning shall be performed according to the sequence specified in the test methods of this chapter.

6-1.4 Abrasion Procedure for Suit Materials.

6-1.4.1 Specimens shall be abraded in accordance with ASTM D 4157, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Re.tstance of Textile Fabrics (Oscillator 3 C4linder Method), under the following conditions:

(a) A 2.3 kg (5 lb) tension weight shall be used.

(b) A 1.6 kg (3 1/2 lb) head weight shall be used.

(c) An 80 grit abradant trimite D-weight open coat #1#_4180, or equivalent, shall be used.

(d) The specimen shall be abraded for 25 continuous cycles.

6-1.5 Flexural Fatigue Procedure for Gloves.

6-1.5.1 Specimen gloves shall be subjected to one full cycle of dexterity testing as specified in Section 6-17.

6-1.6 Flexural Fatigue Procedure for Footwear.

6-1.6.1 Specimen footwear shall be subjected to 100,000 flexes in accordance with Footwear Industries of America Standard 1209, Whole Shoe Flex.

6-1.7 Fatigue Procedure for Suit Closure Assemblies.

6-1.7.1 Specimen suit closure assemblies shall be exercised a total of 50 openings and ..5~.~closings.~.~.

6-1.8 E m b r i t t l e ~ t P r : i ~ for Suit, Visor and Faceshield, dare ~ F ~ ~Materlals. Glove

6-1.8.1 S ~ : ~ . " n sin ?r, glove, and footwear materials shall be embrit~n.~z~orcian~'~.R.l~- 'ASTM D 2136, Standard Test Method for C.~ zbrtcs-Low Terk~ature Bend Test, with the following

(a) ~%" .,',]: ent shall be conducted in a freezer having a temperat h~gher than -25°C (-I$°F).

~.~x...The ml dal specimen shall first be placed on a flat sheet of d ~ ~ lter surface of the material in contact with the dry ice

of 15 minutes under a pressure of 3.5 kPa (1/2 psi).

§~c[,. The material shall be removed from the ice specimen dry ~ 15 minutes of contact and immediately placed in the test

i.~ ~aratus.

(d) The bending action of the test apparatus shall be immediately activated while the sample is still in the freezer.

6-1.9 Dry Environment Conditioning Procedure for Suit and Glove Materials.

6-1.9.1 Specimens shall be conditioned at a temperature of 24°C, +3°C (75°F, ±5°F) and a relative humidity of 45 percent, _+_5 percent until equilibrium is reached, as determined in accordance with Section 4 of Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Textile Test Methods, or for at least 24 hours, whichever is shortest. Specimens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.

6-2 Gastight Integrity Test.

6-2.1 Application.

6-2.1.1 This test method shall apply to vapor-protective ensembles and individual glove and footwear elements.

6-2.1.2 Modifications to this test method for testing vapor- protective ensembles shall be as specified in 6-2.7.

6-2.1.3 Modifications to this test method for testing individual glove elements shall be as specified in 6-2.8.

6-2.1.4 Modifications to this test method for testing individual footwear elements shall be as specified in 6-2.9.

6-2.2 Specimens.

6-2.2.1 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested.

1015

Page 28: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

6-2.2.2 If the vapor-protective suit consists of multiple separate layers, and outer layers are not considered gastight, then only the portion of the vapor-protective suit that is considered gastight shall be tested.

6-2.3 Preparation.

6-2.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be complete vapor- protective ensembles.

6-2.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-2.4 Procedure.

6-2.4.1 Specimens shall be tested in accordance with ASTM F 1052, Test Method for Pressure Testing of Vapor-Protective Ensembles.

6-2.4.2 The following pressures shall be used during testing:

(a) Pre-test expansion pressure of 125 mm (5 in.) water gauge

(b) Test pressure of 100 mm (4 in.) water gauge

6-2.5 Report.

6-2.5.1 The ending pressure shall be reported for each specimen.

6-2.6 Interpretation.

6-2.6.1 ff the ending pressure is less than 80 mm (3 5/32 in.), the specimen fails the test.

6-2.6.2 Any one specimen failing the test constitutes failure of the item.

6-2.7 Specific Requirements for Testing Vapor-Protective Ensembles.

6-2.7.1 A minimum of three vapor-protective ensembles shall be tested.

6-2.7.2 ff the vapor-protective suit consists of multiple separate layers, and outer layers are not considered gastight, then only the portion of the vapor-protective suit that is considered gastight shall be tested.

~ - , 6-2.7.3 Ensembles failing the test shall be permitted to be.~#:" ~ repaired. A report indicating the repairs made shall be..:~vided~," by the manufacturer. .~""~.~% .'-'-'g:-'-"

6-2.8 Specific Requirements for Testing Glove ~-* '~ .~a l " ~ ] ~ Elements. ~ i ~ : '~-~.~i

.-::L'::~ "q::'<~.:::: :~':~ -~ d. ~.:.~'.'i 6-2.8.1 A minimum of three gloves shall 1..~ ~ ~?....:

6-2.8.2 A test fixture shall be designed that p r 0 ~ : . a gas t ~ t seal between the glove cuff and the fixture. The f i x t u r d ~ . ~ ' e a valved port to allow air introduction and pressure m ~ r e m e n t .

~:-~ :::.. 6-2.8.3 Gloves failing this test shall not be permitted':'to be repaired.

6-2.9 Specific Requirements for Testing Footwear Individual Elements.

6-2.9.1 A minimum of three footwear items shall be tested.

6-2.9.2 A test fixture shall be designed that provides a gastight seal between the footwear top line and the fixture. The f~xture shall have a valved port to allow air introduction and pressure measurement.

6-2.9.3 Repairs to footwear failing this test shall not be permitted.

6-3 Liquidtight Integrity Test.

6-3.1 Application.

6-3.1.1 This test method shall apply to complete vapor-protective ensembles.

6-3.2 Specimens~

6-3.2.1 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested. Specimens shall consist of the entire suit with all layers assembled that are required for the suit to be compliant.

6-3.2.2 The size of the suit comprising the specimens shall be chosen to conform with the dimensions of the mannequin for proper fit of the specimen on the mannequin in accordance with the manufacturer's sizing system. The size of the ensembles comprising the specimens shall be the same size as the mannequin in terms of chest circumference, waist circumference, and inseam height.

6-3.3 Preparation.

6-3.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2

6-3.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be complete ensembles.

6-3.4 Apparatus.

6-3.4.1" The apparatus and supplies for testing shall be those specified in ASTM F 1359, Standard Test Method for Measuring the Liquid Penetration Resistance of Protective Clothing or Protective Ensembles Using a Shower Spray While on a Mannequin, using the following modifications:

(a) The surface tension of the water used in testing shall be 32 dynes/cm, -+2 dynes/cm (32 N/m, +2 N/m) .

(b) The mannequim...nsed in testing shall have straight arms and legs, with one a r m . . . ~ ! ~ n e d at the mannequin 's side and the other arm bent I~..~ord aVthe elbow at a 45 degree angle.

6-3.5

6-3.5.1 ~ . ~ l ~ ' i ~ g h t i n t ~ - . ~ s t i n g of garments shall be c o n d . ~ e d ~) f~ .z~ccordanc~ ASTM F 1359, Standard Test Method f o r . . ~ u r i ~ f ~ i ruid Pen~ tion Resistance of Protective Clothing or " P C ~ g i e ~ . . g ~ ' a Under a Shower Spray While on a Mannequin, with t h ~ f ) w i - f i g modifications:

~.~ ~:.(a) The ~ " used for mounting the mannequin in the spray ~ l ~ e r sh ...~.~ot interfere with the water spray.

~ ~ u i t e d mannequin shall be exposed to the liquid spray ~['6r a toni] of 1 hour, 15 minutes in each of the four specified : ~ . ~ e q u m orientations.

g At the end of the liquid spray exposure period, excess liquid ~ilnall be removed from the surface of the specimen.

(d) The specimen shall be inspected within 5 minutes of the end of the liguid spray exposure period for evidence of liquid penetratmn.

6-3.6 Report.

63.6.1 A diagram shall be prepared for each test that identified the locations of any liquid leakage as detected on the interior of the vapor-protective ensemble or the liquid-absorptive suit.

6-3.7 Interpretation°

6-3.7.1 Any evidence of liquid inside the specimen or on the interior of the vapor-protective ensemble or the liquid-absorptive suit, as determined by visual, tactile, or absorbent toweling, shall constitute failure of the specimen.

6-3.7.2 If outer gloves are to be worn in conjunction with chemical protecuve suit gloves or if outer boots are to be worn in conjunction with suit booties to meet the glove or foot protection requirements, these items shall not to be permitted to fill with liquid.

6-4 Overall Ensemble Function and Integrity Test.

6-4.1 Application.

6-4.1.1 This test method shall apply to vapor-protective ensembles.

6-4.2 Specimens.

1016

Page 29: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

6-4.2.1 A minimum of one complete vapor-protective ensemble shall be evaluated. The test specimen shall include all outer wear and other items required for the vapor-protective suit to be compliant with this standard.

6-4.3 Preparation.

6-4.3.1 Samples for cc, ndltioning shall be complete vapor- protective ensembles.

6-4.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-4.4 Procedure.

6-4.4.1 Suit overall fuucdon and integrity shall be measured in accordance with ASTM F 1154, Standard Practices fo~ Qualitatively Evaluating the Comfort, Fit, Function, and Integrity of Chemical Protective Suit Ensemble.,:, with the following parameters:

(a) Both exercise Procedures A and B shall be used.

(b) Ensembles tested shall meet the sizing range of the test subject as determined in 3-5.4. The suit shall be donned in accordance with the manufacturer 's instructions.

(c) Testing shall be ,:onducted at 25°C, +7°C (77°F, ±10°F) and relative humidity of 50 percent, ±20 percent.

(d) Gaslight integrity shall be measured as specified in Section 6-2.

(e) A determination shall be made that the vapor-protective suit is designed to at least accommodate head protection meeting the dimensional requirements of Type I, Class G helmets of ANSI Z89.1, Standard for Industiral Head Protection.

(f) The test subject shall have a minimum visual acuity of 20/20 in each eye, uncorrected or corrected with contact lenses, as determined in a visual acuity test or doctor's examination.

(g)* Appropriate underclothing and a serf-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) shall be worn. For consistency in testing, a Scott 4.5 Air Pak ® SCB~ facepiece shall be used.

6-4.4.2 Visual acuity testing within the suit shall be conducted using a standard 20-foot eye chart, with a normal lighting " ~ 100-150 ft-candles at rite chart and with the test subject p a distance of 6100 mm (20 ft) from the chart. ~.~.. .:~22::":::.'.<:.. .4:.'~ q:." -::~.~.~.:. .-::::::,~: ~:~$~ :.-'~.. ~#- 6-4.4.3 The test subject shall then read the standard eye c h ~ $ : : through the lens of the SCBA facepiece and suit ~ , . - . :~ :dete the test subject's visual acuity. :~"J::" ~!~-~-~:-~,..-.:x.. ~"~"::~

6-4.4.4 At the end of all testing, the test s t ~ , . s h a l l be t ~ u c t , to remove his or her h:mds from each of f.~" e " ~ s while s ' ~

the : wearing the suit, touch the bypass valve on ~ t ~ and tlien " This ac relnsert his or her hands into the gloves. . ' ~ . . . h ..~-'~,e

repeated a total of five times. '.%~::~

6-4.5 Report. :~'~

6-4.5.1 The end suit pressure shall be reported.

6-4.5.2 The ability of the test subject to satisfactorily complete all exercises shall be reported.

6-4.5.3 The suit accommodation of head protection meeting the dimensional requirements of Type I, Class G helmets of ANSI Z89.1, Standard for In&~stiral Head Protection, shall be reported.

6-4.5.4 The visual acuity of the test subject when in and out of the suit shall he reported.

6-4.5.5 The ability of the test subject to repeatedly remove and reinsert his or her hands completely into the gloves shall be reported.

6-4.6 Interpretation.

6-4.6.1 Following the test subject exercises, an ending suit pressure of less than 80 mm (3 5/32 in.) shall constitute falling perforfiaance.

6-4.6.2 The inability of the test subject to satisfactorily complete all exercises shall constitute failing performance.

6-4.6.3 The nonaccommodation of head protection meeting the dimensional requirements of Type I, Class G helmets of ANSI Z89.1, Standard for Industiral Head Protection, by the vapor- protective suit shall constitute falling performance.

6-4.6.4 The visual acuity of the test subject when inside the suit shall be used for determining pass/fall.

6-4.6.5 The inability of the test subject to repeatedly remove and reinsert his or her hands completely into the gloves shall constitute failing performance.

6-5 Maximum Suit Ventilation Rate Test.

6-5.1 Application.

6-5.l.1 This test method shall apply to vapor-protective ensembles.

6-5.2 Specimens.

6-5.2.1 A minimum of one complete vapor-protective suit shall be evaluated. The test specimen shall include all outer wear and other items required for the vapor-protective ensemble to be compliant with this standard.

6-5.3 Preparation.

6-5.3.1 Samples f! protective e n s e ~ ..~.-.-. ~

6-5.3.2 S p e ~ e n l

6-5.4 ~ ! ~ "

be insl suit to airline

~:.tioning shall be complete vapor-

be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

wall connc~or capable of accommodating the ~ . airline hose from a pressurized air source shall t~e back mid-torso regmn of the vapor-protective

,,d ~ indicated in Figure 6-5.4.1. The connector and ~-~l low an airflow rate of 500 L/min. The ~;'in this test shall be permitted to be a standard tion that is used with airline respiratory equipment.

Pressure gauge rnnressed air source

Flow meter

Figure 6-5.4.1 Configuration of whole suit maximum airflow test.

6-5.4.2 A flowmeter cap.able of measuring airflow rates of 0 to 1000 L/rain, +_25 L/min, cahbrated for air and the conditions of use, shall be used on the airline hose.

6-5.4.3 A pressure gauge capable of measuring pressures from 0 to 510 mm, +3 mm (0 to 20 in., +1/8 in.) water column gauge pressure shall be attached via a second suit wall connector at the very top of the vapor-protective suit.

6-5.5 Procedure.

6-5.5.1 Following the at tachment of the two connectors, the .~. stight integrity of the suit shall be tested as specified in Section 6-

6-5.5.2 During the test, thepressure gauge specified in 6-5.4.2 shall be attached to one bulkheadconnector ; the other bulkhead connector shall be plugged. During the test, a soapy water solution shall be applied around the edges of the connectors to

1017

Page 30: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

assure that no leakage occurs through the installed suit wall connectors. The remaining steps of this procedure shall be completed only if the sample suit shows an ending pressure of 80 mm (3 3/16 in.) water column gauge or higher.

6-5.5.$ The suit shall be connected to a pressurized air source capable of providing 500 L/min by attaching an airline to the installed mid-torso suit wall connector.

6-5.5.4 Beginning at time zero, air shall be flowed into the suit at a rate of 500 L/min.

6-5.5.5 After a period of 5 minutes, the pressure at the head connector shall be measured. A pressure of 38 mm (1 1/2 in.) water column gauge or higher shall constitute failing performance.

6-5.5.6 The specialized fittin[[s installed in the suit for this test shall be plugged to prevent a~r leakage and the suit shall be subjected to a second overall gastight integrity test as specified in Section 6-2.

6-5.6 Report.

6-5.6.1 The maximum internal suit pressure during the airflow period shall be reported.

6-5.6.2 The ending suit pressure for the gastight integrity tests before and after the airflow period shall be reported.

6-5.7 Interpretation.

6-5.7.1 A maximum internal suit pressure of 38 mm (1 1/2 in.) water column gauge during the airflow period shall constitute failing performance.

6-5.'/.2 Following the maximum airflow test, an ending suit pressure of less than 80 mm (3 5/32 in.) water column gauge shall constitute failing performance.

6-6 Chemical Permeation Resistance Test.

6-6.1 Application.

6-6.1.1 This test method shall apply to suit materials, visor materials, glove materials, footwear materials, and seams.

6-6.1.2 Modifications to this test method for testing suit r~ r ~ after flexing and abrading shall be as specified~in #~'6"6"8"A~'~:% ..g61~. ~~"

6-6.1.3 Modifications to this test method for testing gi ¢e r after flexing and abrading shall be as specified i n .

6-6.1.4 Modifications to this test method for.~.~, sting fc ~ :<~ materials after flexing and abrading shall ~ p e c i f i ,

6-6.1.5 Modifications to this test method for te. " all be as specified in 6-6.11. E-': ~:~

6-6.1.6 Modifications to this test for testing primary ~ terials against liquefied gases shall be as specifiedin 6-6.12_

6-6.1.'/ Modifications to this test for testing suit, visor, glove, and footwear materials following cold temperature embrittlement exposure shall be as specified in 6-6.15.

6-6.2 Samples.

6-6.2.1 Samples for conditioning shall be either vapor-protective ensembles or suit materials, visor materials, gloves, and footwear.

6-6.2.2 For composite materials, only the chemical protection layer shall be the sample for testing for chemical permeation resistance.

6-6.3 Specimens.

6-6.$.1 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested per chemical challenge.

6-6.4 Preparation.

6-6.4.1 Specimens shall be conditioned at least as specified in 6- 1.2.

6-6.5 Procedure.

6-6.5.1 Permeation resistance shall be measured in accordance with ASTM F 739, Standard Test Method for Resistance of Protective Clothing Materials to Permeation by Liquids and Gases, at 27°C, :t:2°C (81°F, :k$°F) for a test duration of at least 3 hours.

6-6.5.2 The minimum detectable permeation rate for the permeation test apparatus shall he measured for each chemical tested. The minimum detectable permeation rate shall be less than or equal to 0.10 Ixg/cm2/min for all permeation resistance tests. When using closed loop systems, the testing laboratory shall assume 1 hour accumulated permeation.

6-6.6 Report.

6-6.6.1 The following information and results shall be reported:

(a) Material type or name (b) Chemical or chemical mixture (volume composition of

mixture) (c) Permeation normalized breakthrough detection time in

minutes calculated at a system detectable permeation rate of 0.10 ~t~/em2/min

d) Maximum permeation rate (~tg/cm~/min) observed (e) Minimum detectable rate for test apparatus (Dg/cm~/min) (f) Detection method (g) Date of test (h) Testing laboratory

6-6.6.2 The m a n ~ shall report all three measured normalized bre.a~]~ougHedetection times in the technical data package. . . ~ ' ~

6-6.6.$ T ~ ~ s h a l l report all three observed p e r m e ~ d ~ ' i n t h e ~ l data package.

6-6.7.1 ~ shc~rtest normalized breakthrough detection time shall he used i ~ i ~f~rr~ning compliance for the particular

h-~ ~aterial/c: ~ combination. Any normalized breakthrough ~ . . o n tit ~ 6 f I hour or less constitutes failing performance.

airements for Testing Suit Materials After

6 • B . 1 Samples for conditioning shall be 200 mm x 280 mm (8 in.

11 in.) rectangles and shall consist of all layers as configured in the suit.

6-6.8.2 Two samples shall first be conditioned by flexing as specified in 6-1.3. One sample shall be flexed with the longitudinal axis parallel to the machine direction of the material, and the second sample shall be flexed with the longitudinal axis flparallel to the cross machine direction of the material. Following

exing, two samples for abrasion conditioning, each measuring 45 mm x 230 mm (1 3/4 in. x 9 in.), shall be cut from the center of the flexed samples. At least one specimen for abrasion conditioning shall be taken from a sample flexed in the machine direction, and at least one spedmen for abrasion conditioning shall be taken from a sample flexed in the cross machine direction for each chemical tested.

6-6.8.$ These new samples for abrasion conditioning shall then be conditioned by abrading as specified in 6-1.4. Following abrasion, only one specimen for permeation resistance testing shall be taken from each sample subjected to abrasion. The permeation test specimen shall be taken from the exact center of the abraded sample so that the center of the permeation test and the center of the abraded sample coincide.

6-6.9 Specific Requirements for Testing Glove Materials After Flexing and Abrading.

6-6.9.1 Samples for conditioning shall he whole glove components or whole glove individual elements.

6-6.9.2 Samples shall first be conditioned by flexing as specified in 6-1.5. Following flexing, three samples for abrasion conditioning, each measuring 45 m m x 230 mm (1 $/4 in. x 9 in.), shall he cut

1018

Page 31: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

from the center of the gauntlet portion of the flexed sample. At least one specimen for abrasion conditioning shall be taken from a sample flexed in the machine direction, and at least one specimen for abrasion conditioning shall be taken from a sample flexed in the cross machine direction for each chemical tested.

6-6.9.$ These new samples for abrasion conditioning shall then be conditioned by abrading as specified in 6-1.4. Following abrasion, only one specimen for permeation resistance testing shall be taken from each sample subjected to abrasion. The permeation test specimen shall be taken from the exact center of the abraded sample so that the center of the permeation test and the center of the abraded sample coincide.

6-6.10 Specific R~julrements for Testing Footwear Materials After Flexing and-Abrading.

6-6.10.1 This test shall apply to all types of footwear configurations. If the footwear incorporates a bootie constructed of suit material, the suit material flex fatigue resistance test shall be permitted to be substituted for this test.

6-6.10.2 Samples for conditioning shall be whole footwear components or whole footwear individual elements.

6-6.10.3 Samples shall first be conditioned by flexing as specified in 6-1.5. Following flexing, three samples for abrasion conditioning, each measuring 45 m m x 230 mm (1 3 /4 in. x 9 in.), shall be cut from the center of the footwear upper where the

flexing occurred, usually at the quarter or vamp of the ed sample. At least one specimen for abrasion conditioning

shall be taken from a sample flexed in the machine direction, and at least one specimen for abrasion conditioning shall be taken from a sample flexed in the cross machine direction for each chemical tested.

6.6.10.4 These new samples for abrasion conditioning shall then be conditioned by abrading as specified in 6.1.4. Followin~ abrasion, only one specimen for permeation resistance testing shall be taken from each sample subjected to abrasion. The permeation test specimen shall be taken from the exact center of the abraded sample so that the center of the permeation test and

• the center of the abraded sample coincide.

6-6.11 Specific Requirements for Testing Seams. ~ L

6-6.11.1 Seam specimens shall be prepared from seam ~ p l that have a minimum of 150 nun (6 in.) of material o ~ l k l of the seam center. Permeation test specimens shall i~e ct] I that the exact seam center divides the specimen in half.

6.6.11., Seam specimens shall be prepared r ~ different of seam or shall be taken from ~ e r e n t ~ ~1 found in the vapor-protective suit, includidi~,e1[kminimunl[ .uit to suit material seams and the suit to visor ~ e a m s . ~

6.6.11.$ Samples for conditioning shall be 600 nunSq[Id~r16 in.) lengths of prepared seam or cut from vapor-protectiv~usembles.

6-6.12 Specific Requirements for Testing Primary Materials Against Liquefied Gases.

6-6.12.1 The test cell and test chemical shall be maintained at a temperature mffident to keep the test chemical as a liquid such that a 13-mm (1/2-in.) fiquid layer is maintained at all times during the test.

6-6.12.2 The permeation test shall be conducted for a minimum of 1 hour.

6-6.18 Specific Requirements for Testing Suit, Vfimr, Glove, and Footwear Materials Following Cold Temperature Embrlttlement Expo l l l l r e .

6.6.13.1 Samples for conditioning shall be suit material, visor material,glove material from the glove gauntlet, and footwear material from the footwear upper.

6.6.13.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.8.

6-6.15J Only one specimen for permeation resistance testing shall be taken from each sample subjected to embrittiement conditioning. The permeation test specimen shall be taken from

the exact center of the folded sample so that the center of the permeation test and the center of the folded sample coincide.

6-7 Flammability Resistance Test.

6.7.1 Application.

6-7.1.1 This test method shall be apply to suit, visor, glove, and footwear materials.

6-7.2 Sample Preparation.

6.7.2.1 Samples for conditioning shall be at least 1-m (1-yd) squares of material.

6.7.2.2 Samples shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6.7~ Specimens.

6-7.3.1 Five specimens in each of the warp direction, machine or coarse, and filling direction, cross-machine or wales, shall be tested.

6-7.$.2 If the material is non-anisotropic, then 10 specimens shall be tested.

6-7.4 Procedure.

6-7.4.1 Flame resistance testing shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM F 1 $58, ~[m/ard Test Msthod for R~tancs of Prot~z~ Clothing Mat~als ~ Imping~mott.

6-7.5 1

6.7.S.i

b e ]

d / ~ as the average for each material

behavior observations of each specimen shall

~ 7 ~ ~ e of the material in any direction shall constitute ~ n g ~ o r m a n c e .

~ . ~ 2 Any specimen exhibiting melting as evidenced by dripping d~owing~s, shall constitute failing performance.

~s o ~ n ~ b l e ~ d ~ T ~

6-8.1 Application.

6-8.1.1 This test method shall apply to complete vapor-protective ensembles.

6-8.2 Sample.

6-8.2.1 Samples for conditioning shall be complete vapor- protective ensembles.

6.8.S Specimen Preparation.

6-8.3.1 A minimum of one specimen shall be tested.

6-8.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned at a temperature of 21 °C, +$°C (70°'F, ~5°F) and a relative humidity of 65 percent, :I=5 percent until equilibrium is reached, as determined in accordance with Section 4 of Federal Test Method Standard 191& Ta~ib Test Met/wds, or for at least 24 hours, whichever is shortest S~e. dmens shall be tested within 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.

6-8.4 Apparatus.

6-8.4.1 Sulfur hexafluoride, CAS No. 2551-62-4, with a minimum purity of 99.8 percent, shall be used as the test agent.

6-8.4.2 The test shall be conducted in a sealed test chamber with minimum volume of 28 m s (1000 fts). The chamber shall be of sUfficient dimensions to permit free movement of the test subject when fully dre~ed in the vapor-protective ensemble. The chamber shallhave a circulating fan or other means to ensure uniform concentration of the test agent throughout the chamber during the

1019

Page 32: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 ~ F 9 9 R O P

test. The exact dimensions of the chamber shall be measured, and shall be used to calculate the total volume of the chamber in order to determine the amount of sulfur hexafluoride gas to be added to achieve the required concentration specified in 6-8.5.6.

6-8.4.3 Two calibrated portable pumps that are capable of maintaining a flow rate of 0.1 L/min, i'0.005 L/rain, shall be provided.

6-8.4.$.1 One pump shall be placed in the test chamber, as close as possible to the center of the test chamber, such as on a table or fixture.

6-8.4.$.2 The second pump shall be placed inside the vapor- protective ensemble by the test subject during donning. The pump shall be secured on the test subject's belt or other device in such a manner that the pump does not interfere with the ensemble or with the test subject's free movement during the test.

6-8.4.4 At least eight gasdght sampling bags shall be used to collect air samples during testing. Sampling bags shall have a capacity of at least 1 L.

68.4.4.1 Four gastight sampling ba~s shall be used to collect air samples inside the test chamber during testing. The sampling bags shall be placed with the second pump in the test chamber.

68.4.4.2 Four gastight sampling bags shall be used to collect air samples inside the vapor-protective ensemble during testing. The sampling bags shall be secured on the test subject's bert, other device, or in a pouch or pocket in such a manner that the bags do not interfere with the ensemble or with free movement during the t e s t .

6-8.4.5 All test subjects shall have a medical doctor's certificate that substantiates they are medically and physically suitable to perform these tests without danger to themselves. The medical certificate shall have been issued within 12 months prior to the testing.

6-8.4.6 Test subjects shall be familiar with the use of vapor- protective ensembles and with self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). The test subject shall select the appropriate size of the vapor-protective ensemble from available sizes using the manufacturer 's sizing chart.

Apparatus for the Fire Service, anOdPshali be equipped ~ ~ charged 60-minute breathing air gas cylinder. - ~ : .

6-8.5 erocedu,,. +,~. ~ , , .

68.5.1 One portable sampling pump an n sampling bags shall be placed inside the test cha~g-qr cified in 6-8.4.3.1 and 6-8.4.4.L " ~ .~.

6-8.5.2 The test subject shall secure the second port# e sampling pump and at least four gaslight sampling bags insidet e ensemble as specified in 6-8.4.3.2 and 6-8.4.4.2prior to completely donning the SCBA and the vapor-protective ensemble in accordance with the manufacturer 's instructions.

6-8.5.$ After sealing the vapor-protective ensemble, the test subject shall enter the test chamber, and the test chamber shall be sealed.

6-8.5.4 At least one baseline sample set shall be taken prior to the addition of test agent to the chamber. A baseline sample set shall consist of one chamber air sample and one ensemble air sample. One sample of chamber air shall be collected for each sample taken insnde the vapor-protective ensemble.

6-8.5.4.1 The chamber air sampling shall be collected inside the test chamber, in a position as near as possible to the center of the test chamber, outside of the vapor-protective ensemble.

68.5.4.2 The ensemble air sampling shall be collected inside the vapor-protective ensemble. The inlet port of the sampling probe shall be placed near the told-torso of the test sul~iect.

6-8.5.4.3 Each air test sample shall be collected at a flow rate of 0.1 L/rain, =kd).005 L/min, for 8 minutes, .'~0 seconds.

6-8.5.5 The baseline chamber air sample shall be initiated by the test subject by connecting a sampling bag to the pump and turning on the pump. Once the chamber air sample is started, the test subject shall initiate the baseline ensemble air sample so as to conduct both air samplings nearly simultaneously.

6-8.5.5.1 To conduct the baseline ensemble air sample, the test subject shall pull his or her hands inside the ensemble, connect the sampling bag to the pump, and turn on the pump.

6-8.5.5.2 At the end of the baseline chamber and ensemble air sampling periods, the sampling bags shall be removed from the pump, sealed, and stored.

6-8.5.6 The test subject shall then remain in the sealed test chamber while sufficient sulfur hexafluoride is added to the test chamber to achieve a concentration of 1000 ppm, +100 ppm. The air inside the chamber shall be allowed to reach equilibrmm for a period of $ minutes, +30 seconds, prior to perfommng the inward leakage detection tesdng.

6-8.5.7 Following the chamber air reaching equilibrium, the test subject shall perform at least three air test sample sets for inward leakage detection testing. A sample set shall consist of one chamber air sample a n d o n e ensemble air sample. One sample of chamber air shall be collected for each air test sample taken inside the vapor-protective ensemble.

68.5.7.1 The chamber air sampling shall be collected inside the test chamber, in a p . . ~ ' o n as near as possible to the center of the test chamber, o u . m ' . ' ~ e vapor-protective ensemble.

68 5 7 2 T h e , ~ [ [ f ~ " ~ - - ~ e m b l e air sample shall be taken with the inlet port l ~ R g o f . ~ " sa~ robe secured near the breathing zone of the t e s ~ e ~ % ~ c ] r 6 " ~ t h e face, outside the SCBA facepiece.

6 -8 .5 .~ T~ ld e n s ~ l e air sample shall be taken with the i n l . ~ t o ~ e samplin~fgrobe placed near the exhaust valves of

6.8.5.7.4 ~ t h i g d ensemble air sample shall be taken with the • $.~et port ) l = ~ i x n p l i n g probe placed near the vapor-protective . ~ . ~ . .~e assembly. cl$

i

~ c h air test sample shall be collected at a flow rate of i7 I 0005 L/rain for 8 minutes +3O seconds

~ . 6> ° { ~ 8 The test subject shall perform one series of stationary

~ ercises for each of the three air test sample sets. The stationary .~xercises shall be as specified in Procedure A of ASTM F 1154, Standard Practices for Quatitative!y Evaluating the Comfort, Fit, Function, and Integrity of Chemical Protective Suit Ensembles, as modified by 6-8.5.10.

6-8.5.9 Immediately prior to the start of each exercise series, the chamber air sample for the inward leakage detection testing shall be initiated by the test subject who shall connect a sampling bag to the pump, and turn on the pump. Once the chamber air sample is started, the test subject shall initiate the ensemble air sample so as to conduct both air samplings nearly simultaneously.

6-8.5.9.1 To conduct the ensemble air sample, the test subject shall pull his or her hands inside the ensemble, connect a sampling bag to the pump, and turn on the pump.

6-8.5.9.2 At the end of the chamber and ensemble air sampling periods, the sampling bags shall be removed from the pumps, sealed, and stored.

6-8.5.10 The stationary exercises specified in Procedure A of ASTM F 1154, Standard Practices for Qualitative~ Evaluating the Comfort Fig Function, and Integri~ of Chemical Protective Suit Ensembles, shall be performed with the following modification: at the conclusion of the "duck squat" exercise specified in paragraph 8.8.2 of ASTM F 1154, the test subject shall remain in a squatting position, and exhaust as much of the internal volume of the suit as possible by placing the hands on top of the head, tucking the arms m toward the body, and gathering as much of the excess ensemble material to the body as possible. T h e test subject shall then stand quickly with arms stretched overhead to create a possible negative pressure inside the suit. The test subject shall then resume the exercise protocol as specified in Procedure A of ASTM F 1154.

1020

Page 33: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

6-8.5.11 At the end of each exercise series, the test subject shall remove the chamber and ensemble air sampling bags, seal and store the sampling bags, attach new sampling bags to each pump, initiate new chamber and ensemble air sampling, and then begin the next exercise series.

6-8.5.19 At the conclusion of the three exercise series and collection of chamber and ensemble air samples, the test subject shall turn off both sampling pumps and shal / remain in the test chamber for 5 minutes, _+1 minute, while the chamber is evacuated. The test subject shall then exit the chamber and doff the vapor-protective ensemble in an area well away from the chamber.

6-8.5.13" All samples collected shall be analyzed using an appropriate analytical technique within 8 hours of collection. The sensitivity of the analytical technique chosen shall provide for a minimum detection limit of at least 0.18 ppm in order to determine compliance with 5-9.4.

6-8.6 Interpretation.

6-8.6.1 The percent inward leakage of sulfur hexafluoride into the ensemble shall be calculated based on the measured concentration inside the ensemble versus measured concentration in the test chamber for each sampling location using the following equation:

percent = (concentration inside ensemble - baseline inside ensemble) x 100 inward leakage(concentration in test chamber - baseline in test chamber)

6-8.6.2 All calculations shall be reviewed to determine pass/fail in accordance with 5-9.4

6-8.6.3 Failure at any sampling location shall constitute failure of the test.

6-9 Exhaust Valve Mounting Strength Test.

6-9.1 Application.

6-9.1.1 This test method shall apply to exhaust valves mounted in vapor-protective ensembles.

6-9.2 Specimens. • • ~::..

6-9.2.1 A minimum of three spedmens shall be tested. ~ " specimen shall consist of an exhaust valve mounted i n ~ ! e c e ~ , garment material having a minimum diameter of 200 t ' ~ - o ~ . " ~ The means of mounting the exhaust valve shall be r e p r e s e l a ~ o f the construction practices used to fabricate the.,,~I~l~,t.ect~,, l ~ suit. . ~ . f,~,

6-9.3 Sample Preparation. ~ ~ "~

be exhal ~ tit 6-9.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall t t ~ ~ # ~ l material specimens described in 6-9.2.1.

W 6-9.$.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as s~pecified.i 6-1.2.

6-9.4 Apparatus.

6-9.4.1 A specimen mounting ring shall be used for clamping the sample. The mounting ring shall have an inner diameter of 150 mm (6 in.). The mounting ring shall have a means for tightly clamping the specimen along the circumference of the ring and shall hold the specimen perpendicular to the motion of the pushin~ force. T h e mounting ring shall be designed such that a means is provided for affixing it to the fixed (bottom) arm of a tensile testing machine and that a minimum 50 mm (2 in.) unobstructed space is provided under the specimen.

6.9.4.2 A flat plate pushing device shall be 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter and shall have a means for being attached to the movable (upper) arm of a tensile testing machine. The flat plate shall be oriented perpendicular to the motion of the pushing force.

6.9.4.$ The tensile testing machine shall meet the following criteria:

(a) It shall be capable of holding the specimen mounting ring securely in the fixed lower arm.

(b) It shall be capable of holding the flat plate pushing device securely in the movable upper arm.

(c) It shall have a calibrated dial, scale, or chart to indicate the applied load and elongation.

(d) The error of the machine shall not exceed 2 percent of any reading within its loading range.

(e) It shall be outfitted with a compression cell. The testing machine shall be configured with the compression cell on either the lower or upper arm.

6-9.5 Procedure.

6-9.5.1 Specimens shall be clamped into the specimen mounting ring and attached to fixed arm of a tensile testing machine.

6.9.5.2 The flat plate pushing device shall be attached to the movable arm of a tensile testing machine.

6-9.5.3 The tensile testing machine shall be set in operation but stopped when the exhaust valve either breaks through the material or when the material breaks along the specimen mounting ring. The flat plate pushing device shaft have a velocity of 305 m m / m i n (12 in . /min) under load conditions and shall be uniform at all times.

6-9.5.4 The maximum force registered by the indicating device of the tensile testing machine shall be recorded for each determination.

6-9.6

6.9.6.1 The mo to the nearest.x ~ shall be c a l c ~

ffi~ngth of each specimen shall be reported lb force). The average mount ing strength Eeported to the nearest 1 N (1/4 lb force).

6-9.7

ng strength shall be used to determine

6-10

~6#O.l . I . .~ is test shall apply to suit and visor materials. If the ~por -p~tecf ive suit is constructed of several separable layers, then "~ l.a, yers, assembled in the order in which they appear in the suit, s ~ b e tested as a composite.

~10.2 Specimens.

6-10.2.1 A total of 10 specimens shall be tested.

6-10.3 Preparation.

6-10.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-10.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be at least 1-m (1-yd) squares of material.

6-10.4 Procedure.

6-10.4.1 Material burst strength shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D 751, Standard Methods of Testing Coated Fabrics, using the tension testing machine with ring damp.

6-10.5 Report.

6-10.5.1 The burst strength of each specimen shall be reported to the nearest 1 N (1/4 lb force). The average burst strength of all specimens shall be calculated and reported.

6-10.6 Interpretation.

6-10.6.1 The average burst strength shall be used to determine pass/fall performance.

6-11 Puncture Propagation Tear Resistance Test.

6-11.1 Application.

6-11.1.1 This test shall apply to suit and visor materials. If the protective suit is constructed of several layers, then all layers,

1021

Page 34: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F99 R O P

assembled in the order in which they appear in the suit, shall be tested as a composite.

6-11.2 Specimens.

6-11.2.1 A minimum of five specimens in each of the warp, machine or coarse, and filling, cross-machine or wales, dtrections shall be tested.

6-11.2.2 If the material is non-anisotropic, then ten specimens shall be tested.

6-I 1.3 Preparation.

6-11.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-I 1.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be at least l-m (1-yd) squares of material.

6-11.4 Procedure.

6-11.4.1 Specimens shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 2582, Standard T~st Method for Puncture Propagation Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting.

6-11.5 Report.

6-11.5.1 The puncture propagation tear resistance of each specimen shall be reported to the nearest 0.0fi kg (0.1 lb) of force. An average puncture propagation tear resistance shall be calculated for warp and filling directions.

6-11.6 Interpretation.

6-11.6.1 Pass/fall l)erformance shall be based on the average puncture propagaUon tear resistance in the warp and filling directions. Failure in any one direction constitutes failure for the material.

6-12 Cold Temperature Performance Test One.

6-12.1 Application.

6-12.1.1 This test method shall apply to suit and glove materials,.

6-12.2 Specimens. ~ ~ . . ~,.~i",

6-12.2.1 A minimum of five specimens consisting of a l ~ ~ . i each of the warp, machine or coarse, and filling, cro " s ~ ~ wales, directions shall be tested.

6.12.2.2 If the material is n o n aniso opic s o be tested. -~: - ~ ,

6-12.3 Preparation. , ~ : ~ ~ . . ,

6-12.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be at leas " i) of material. " ~ squares ,,,<¢

6-12.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in fi-l.2.

6-12.4 Procedure.

6-12.4.1 Specimens shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 747, Standard Test Method for Apparent Bending Modulus of Plasticz by Means of a Cantilever Beam, with the following modifications:

(a) The test temperature shall be -25°C (-13°F).

(b) The bending moment shall be that applied when the specimen is bent to a 60 degree angular deflection and shall be calculated in inch-pounds as follows:

load scale reading x moment weight Bending moment =

100

Bending moment (Nm) = Bending moment, in.- lb x 0.113

6-12.5 Report.

6-12.5.1 Cold temperature performance results shall be reported as the average for each material direction.

6-12.6 Interpretation.

6-12.6.1 Failure of the material in any direction shall constitute failing performance.

6-13 Fitting Pull Out Strength Test.

6-13.1 Application.

6-13.1.1 This test method shall apply to each type of external fitting used in vapor-protective ensembles.

6-15.2 Specimens.

6-15.2.1 A minimum of three specimens shall be tested. A specimen shall consist of the entire external fitting assembly. The means of mounting the external fitting assembly shall be representative of the construction practices used to fabricate the vapor-protective suit.

6-13.3 Sample Preparation.

6-13.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be external fitting and suit material specimens described in 6-13.2.1.

,~.-... i m e ~ : . b e conditioned as specified in 6-1.2. 6-13.3.2 Specimel

.4 6-13.4 A p p ~

. -13.4.1

pushin.~ means is

it~t&adQg ring shall be used for clamping the t i n g ' ~ l have an inner diameter of 150

le mountiri.~ting shall have a means for tightly )ecimen al~'hgb'i the circumference of the ring and ~ecimen perpendicular to the motion of the T h e mounting ring shall be designed such that a [e.~for affming it to the fixed (bottom) arm of a

nsile machine jaws shall be used to pull the )endicular to the surface of the suit material in fitting is mounted.

The tensile testing machine shall meet the following

(a) It shall be capable of holding the specimen mounting ring securely in the fixed lower arm.

(b) It shall be capable of holding the flat plate pushing device securely in the movable upper arm.

(c) It shall have a calibrated dial, scale, or chart to indicate the applied load and elongation.

(d) The error of the machine shall not exceed 2 percent of any reading within its loading range.

(e) It shall be outfitted with a load cell. The testing machine shall be configured with the compression cell on either the lower or upper arm.

6-13.5 Procedure.

6-13.5.1 Specimens shall be clamped into the specimen mounting ring and attached to fixed arm of a tensile testing machine.

6-13.5.2 The jaws of the movable arm of a tensile testing machine shall be clamped onto the body of the external fitting.

6-13.5.3 The tensile testing machine shall be set in operation but shall stop when the external fitting has pulled from the material or when the material breaks along the specimen mounting ring. The tensile testing machine jaws shall have a velocity of 500 m m / m i n (20 in . /min) under load conditions and shall be uniform at all times.

6-13.5.4 The maximum force registered by the indicating device of the tensile testing machine shall be recorded for each determination.

6-13.6 Report.

1022

Page 35: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

6-13.6.1 The pull out strength of each specimen shall be reported to the nearest 1 N (1/4 Ib force). The average pull out strength shall be calculated and reported to the nearest 1 N (1/4 Ib force).

6-13.7 Interpretation.

6-13.7.1 The average pull out strength shall be used to determine pass/fall performance.

6-14 Cold Temperature Performance Test Two.

6-14.1 Application.

6-14.1.1 This test method shall apply to visor materials.

6-14.2 Sample Preparation.

6-14.2.1 Samples for conditioning shall be at least 1-m (1-yd) squares of material.

6-14.3 Specimens.

6-14.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-14.3.2 A minimum of five specimens consisting of all layers shall be tested.

6-14.4 Procedure.

6-14.4.1 Specimens shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 2136, Standard for Coated Fabrics-Low Temperature Bend Test, at a test temperature of-25°C (-I$°F).

6-14.4.2 Following this testing, specimens shall be examined for evidence of damage. Damage shall include any breakage, cracks, tears, or separation, but shall not indude discoloration along the folded area.

6-14.5 Report.

6-14.5.1 Observations of visible damage shall be reported for each specimen.

6-14.6 Interpretation.

6-14.6.1 Damage of any one specimen shall constitute failinj ~ ~-~-':- performance. ~ . . ~ ~'~}~i

6-14.6.2 Rigid visors that do not bend but show no e ___.. 9 f . , .~ t damage, shall still be considered to have passed the test. " ' ~ i "

6-15 Cut Resistance T e s t . . ~ , f f : . , ~ % ~ . . . . . . ~ . ~ ~,~

6-15.1 Application. • ~ ~':--'-'." %"':~ ":#:"

6-15.1.1 This test method shall apply to glove r ~ j a l s an~. footwear upper materials. ~.:,'.-'~, .:.#::

:~.;.:~::- 6-15.1.2 Modifications to this test method for evalua,.~n of glove materials shall be as specified in 6-15.7.

6-15.1.3 Modifications to this test method for evaluation of footwear upper materials shall be as specified in 6-15.8.

6-15.2 Specimens.

6-15.2.1 A minimum of three specimens, consisting of all layers, shall be tested.

6-15.3 Sample Preparation.

6-15.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be whole gloves or footwear uppers.

6-15.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-15.4 Procedure.

6-15.4.1 Specimens shall be evaluated in accordance with ASTM F 1790, Standard Test Methods for Measuring Cut Resistance of Materials Used in Protective Clothin~ with the modification that the specimens shall be tested to a speofic load with the measurement of cut distance.

6-15.5. Report.

6-15.5.1 The cut distance shall be reported to the nearest 1 mm (3/64 in.) for each sample specimen. The average cut distance in millimeters (inches) shall be reported for all specimens tested.

6-15.6 Interpretation.

6-15.6.1 The average cut force shall be used to determine pass/fail performance.

6-15.7 Specific Requirements for Testing Glove Materials.

6-15.7.1 Specimens shall be taken from the back and palm of the glove and shall not include seams.

6-15.7.2 Cut resistance testing shall be performed under a load of 400 grams (14 oz).

6-15.8 Specific Requirements for Testing Footwear Upper Materials.

6-15.8.1 Specimens shall be taken from the parts of the footwear upper that provide uniform thickness and shall not include seams.

6-15.8.2 Cut resistance testing shall be performed under a load of 800 grams (28 oz).

6-16 Puncture Resistance Test One.

6-16.1

6-16.1.1 Thi~ materials.

be applied to glove and footwear upper

6 - 1 6 . 1 . . ~ a t i o n s i ~ ' ~ . . ~ s t method for testing glove m a t e r . s shall 'be as snec i t~[ in 6-16.7.

upper us to this test method for testing footwear be as specified in 6-16.8.

L6.2

of three specimens consisting of all layers easuring at least 150 nun (6 in.) square shall

Preparation.

~6-16.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be complete gloves or footwear upper sections.

6-16.3.2 Specimens shall be tested after conditioning as specified in 6-1.2.

6-16.4 Procedure.

6-16.4.1 Specimens shall be tested in accordance with ASTM F 1342, Standard Test Method for Resistance of Protective Clothing Materials to Puncture.

6-16.5 Report.

6-16.5.1 The puncture force shall be reported for each specimen to the nearest 0.05 kg (0.1 Ib) of force. The average puncture force shall be reported for all specimens tested.

6-16.6 Interpretation.

6-16.6.1 The average puncture force shall be used to determine pass/fail performance.

6-16.7 Specific Requirements for Testing Glove Materials.

6-16.7.1 Specimens shall consist of each composite of the palm, palm side of the fingers, and back of the glove used in actual suit

ve configuration, with layers arranged in the proper order. ere the specimen composites of the palm, palm side of the

fingers, and back of the glove are identical, only one representative composite shall be required to be tested.

6-16.8 Specific Requirements for Testing Footwear Upper Materials.

1023

Page 36: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 ~ F 9 9 R O P

6-16.8.1 Specimens shall consist of each composite of the footwear item used in the actual suit footwear configuration, with layers arranged in proper order. Specimens shall be taken from the thinnest portion of the footwear upper.

6-17 Glove Hand Function Test.

6-17.1 Application.

6-17.1.1 This test shall apply to gloves.

6-17.2 Specimens.

6-17.2.1 A minimum of three glove pairs for each size provided with the suit shall be used for testing.

6-17.2.2 Each glove pair shall be tested as a complete set of gloves in new, as distributed, condition.

6-17.2.3 Glove pair specimens shall not receive special softening treatments prior to testing.

6-17.3 Sample Preparation.

6-17.3.1 Glove pair specimens shall be preconditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-17.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be whole glove pairs.

6-17.4 Procedures.

6-17.4.1 Each available size of gloves shall be evaluated with at least one separate test subject with the same pair of gloves for each of the hand functions specified in 6-17.4.2 through 6-17.4.5.

6-17.4.2 A minimum of five different glove pairs shall be evaluated. When less than five different sizes of gloves are available, different pairs of the same sized gloves shall be permitted to be tested by different test subjects to meet the minimum testing requirement of five glove pairs.

6-17.4.3 Test subjects shall be selected such that their hand dimensions are as close as possible to those specified in accordance with manufacturer's glove sizing guidelines.

6-17.4.4 Each test subject used to perform this testing shall practice the hand functions a minimum of three times b e ~ :..........~':~: conducting actual t e s t i n g . . ~ ! . ~ : ~ - ' : ::',.-'.::ii~"

6-17.4.5 Gross Dexterity Procedure A. " . ¢ ~ : : : ¢ . .

6-17.4.5.1 A knot tying test apparatus that c o n ~ ~ I "~:~-~ blocks of wood with two holes and a shoela~2"~hall be i~"~i~ ~'.--'-'~:: rectangular blocks shall have a nominal siz.~":'-"~-'~-.-.0..0 mm ; " ~ i

× 50 mm (4 in. x 10 3/8 in. x 2 in.). Each hole':~:.gave ~ii diameter of 13 mm (1/2 in.). The two holes s h a l l ~ e l ~ a t e d by a distance of 100 mm (4 in.). A shoelace shall be rough the holes. The shoelace shall be 1200 ram, _+25 mind in. _+1 in.) in length and weight 6.0, -+0.25 g (0.2 oz, _+0.001 oz).

6-17.4.5.2 Before each test, the shoelaces shall be untied and laying to the sides of the wood block.

6-17.4.5.3 The test subject shall be required to tie and untie the shoelaces into a shoelace knot a total of 10 times. The test shall begin with the first touch of the shoelaces by the test subject and the completion of untying the tenth knot.

6-17.4.5.4 The time it takes to tie and untie all knots shall be measured for each test subject and shall be known as the dexterity test time.

6-17.4.5.5 Each test subject shall perform the test following the steps in 6-17.4.5.2 through 6-17.4.5.4 until the dexterity test times of that test subject's last three repetitions vary no more than 8 percent. The lowest dexterity test time of the last three repetitions shall be used as the baseline dexterity test time (DTTb). Each test shall be conducted without the test subject's knowledge of the dexterity test time for each test.

6-17.4.5.6 Each test subject shall then perform the test following the steps in 6-17.4.5.2 through 6-17.4.5.4 with the pair of test gloves.

The measured dexterity test time shall be used as the dexterity test time with gloves (DTT~). The test shall be conducted without the test subject's knowledg~ of the dexterity test time for each test.

6-17.4.5.7 The dexterity test times with gloves shall be compared with the baseline dexterity test time for each test subject. The percentage of bare-handed control shall be calculated as follows:

Dr L Percent of bare-handed control - x 1 0 0

D T T b 6-17.4.6 Gross Dexterity Procedure B.

6-17.4.6.1 A peg board apparatus that consists of 25 stainless steel pins and a peg board shall be used. Each stainless steel pin shall have a diameter of 9.5 mm (3/8 in.) and length of 38 mm (1 1/2 in.). The peg board shall have 25 holes with each hole having a diameter of I0 mm (13/32 in.) and a depth of 13 mm (1/2 in.). The holes shall be in a 5 x 5 pattern and each hole shall have a separation of 25 mm (1 in.) from other holes.

6-17.4.6.2 Before each test, the pegs shall be placed on a hard, smooth surface adjacent to the peg board. The peg board shall be on the right side for right-handed test subjects and on the left side for left-handed test subjects.

6-17.4.6.3 In starting the test, each peg shall be grasped near its end and shall be placed in the peg board from left-to-right and top-to-bottom. .4.:?:.~.

7.4.6.4 The~.~"~.i.t takes to place all pegs in the peg board shall m e a s u r e ~ r e ~ $ e s t subject and shall be known as the

6-17.4.6.4 Th~ be measured~ dexterity t.~.t. "~

6-17.4.~'~J" Ea~ stens~-:~ 6-1 ~.~.

shall be shall be

6.2 : subj~-~/!all perform the test following the lroug.~j~l 7.4.6.4 until the dexterity test times of ~t thre'e repetitions vary no more than 8 t dexterity test time of the last three repetitions baseline dexterity test time (DTTb). Each test without the test subject's knowledge of the ~r each test.

g ~ a c h test subject shall then perform the test following t e ~ h 6-17.4.6.2 through 6-17.4.6.4 with the pair of test gloves. measured dexterity test time shall be used as the dexterity test ~ t h gloves (D .TTg). The test shall be conducted without the ~ubject's knowledge of the dexterity test time for each test.

6-17.4.6.7 The dexterity test times with gloves shall be compared with the baseline dexterity test time for each test subject. The percentage of bare-handed control shall be calculated as follows:

Percent of bare-handed control =

6-17.4.7 F'me Dexterity Procedure.

DTT D T T b

× 100

6-17.4.7.1 Ten metal pins having diameters of 11 mm (0.430 in.), 9.5 mm (0.370 in.), 8 mm (0.310 in.), 6.5 mm (0.260 in.), 5 mm (0.200 in.), 3.5 mm (0.138 in.), 2.5 mm (0.098 in.), 1.5 mm (0.058 in.), 0.5 mm (0.018 in.), and 0.2 mm (0.008 in.) that have a length of 50 mm, +10 mm (2 in., _+25/64 in.) shall be used.

6-17.4.7.2 With each of the metal pins laying on a flat, smooth surface at a spacing of 100 mm, -+20 mm (4 in., +13/16 in.), the test subject shall attempt to pick up each pin starting with the largest diameter pin. The test subject shall be provided a period of 10 seconds to complete picking up each pin and then shall hold the pin for a minimum of 10 seconds.

6-17.4.8 Tactility Procedure°

6-17.4.8.1 A two-point discriminator test apparatus shall be used and shall consist of sets of two pins having a diameter of 0.84 mm (0.033 in.) spaced apart at distances of 2 mm (1/16 in.), 3 mm (1/8 in.), 4 mm (5/32 in.), 5 mm (1/5 in.), 6 mm (1/4 in.), 7 mm (17/64 in.), and 8 mm (5/16 in.). A single (one) pin control shall also be included.

6-17.4.8.2 The test subject shall don the pair of gloves and place their gloved hands in position where they are hidden from the test

1024

Page 37: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 ~ F99 R O P

subject's view. Hiding the gloves from view shall be accomplished by a partition or other similar means.

6-17.4.8.3 A test administrator using the two-point discriminator test apparatus shall press the series of two pin sets and the control against the test subject's index finger in a random order. The test administrator shall apply sufficient pressure of the two-point discriminator test apparatus so that the pins cause indentation of the glove materials without causing pain to the test subject.

6-17.4.8.4 The test subject shall indicate to the test administrator whether they can feel one or two pins.

6-17.4.9 Grip Procedure.

6-17.4.9.1 Grip testing shall be evaluated with the use of 10 mm (3/8 in.) diameter, three-strand, prestretched polyester rope attached to a calibrated force measuring device.

6-17.4.9.2 Each test subject shall make three successive attempts without gloves to pull as hard as possible on the rope, using both hands and keeping both feet firmly planted on the ground. The average force measured by the calibrated forcemeasuring device shall be calculated and known as the baseline weight-pulling capacity (WPCb).

6-17.4.9.3 After a minimum rest period of 5 minutes, each test subject while wearing gloves shall make three successive attempts to pull as hard as possible on the rope, using both hands and keeping both feet firmly planted on the ground. The average force measured by the calihrated force measuring device shall be calculated and known as the weight-pulling capacity with gloves (WPq ).

6-17.4.9.4 The weight-pulling capacity with gloves shall be compared with the baseline weight-pulling capacity for each test subject. The percentage of bare-handed control shall be calculated as follows:

Percent of bare-handed control = WPCg WPC b

6-17.5 Report.

6-17.5.1 For Gross Dexterity Procedure A, the percent of.,~ handed control shall be reported for each test subject. 9 ~ average percent of I~re-handed control for all test s u ~ ' ¢ ~ calculated.

X

6-17.5.2 For Gross Dexterity Procedure B, th, handed control shall be reported for each t.~. average percent of bare-handed control f q j ~ calculated. '

6-17.5.3 For Fine Dexterity Procedure, the diamet:~,t~"sr~,,,~or pin that can be successfully picked up shall be repc

c~ test subject. The average diameter o f the pins that be successfully picked up by all test subjects shall be calculated.

6-17.5.4 For Tactility Procedure, the smallest spacing between the two pins that can be detected shall be reported for each test subject. The average smallest spacing between pins that can be detected for all test subjects shall be calculated.

6-17.5.5 For Grip Procedure, the percent of bare-handed control shall be reported fox each test subject. The average percent of bare-handed control for all test subjects shall be calculated.

6-17.6 Interpretation.

6-17.6.1 For Gross Dexterity Procedure A, the average percent of bare-handed control shall be used to determine pass/fail performance.

6-17.6.2 For Gross I)exterity Procedure B, the average percent of bare-handed control shall be used to determine pass/fall performance.

6-17.6.3 For Fine Dexterity Procedure, the average diameter of the smallest pin that can be picked up shall be used to detect pass/fall performance.

6-17.6.4 For Tactility Procedure, the average smallest pin spacing detected by test Subjects shall he used to determine pass/fail performance.

6-17.6.5 For Grip Procedure, the average percent of bare-handed control shall be used to determine pass/fail performance.

6-19 Puncture Resistance Test Two.

6.19.1 Appfication.

6-19.1.1 This test method shall apply to footwear soles.

6-19.2 Specimens.

6-19.2.1 A minimum of three footwear soles shall be tested.

6-19.3 Preparation.

6-19.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be footwear sole sections.

6-19.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-19.4 Procedure.

6-19.4.1 Puncture resistance shall be performed in accordance with Section 3 of CSA Z195 M, Standard for Protective Footwear, Occupational Health and Safety.

6-19.5 Report.

6-19.5.1 The f device of eac~

6-19.6 . ~ - ~

6-19Nt""oN c o ~ y ~ i ~

6.20 ~ "~"'~

,6-20.1 A~

to puncture the sole reinforcement 11 be reported.

or more specimens falling this test shall

est method shall apply to footwear soles.

~ 2 . 1 A minimum of three footwear soles shall be tested. :.#: .'~20.3 Preparation.

6-20.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be footwear soles.

6-20.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-20.4 Procedure.

6-20.4.1 Abrasion resistance shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1630, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property - Abrasion Resistance (NBS Abrader).

6-20.5 Report.

6-20.5.1 The abrasion resistance rating of each specimen shall be reported.

6-20.6 Interpretation.

6-20.6.1 One or more footwear specimens falling this test shall constitute failing performance.

6-21 Impact and Compression Test.

6-21.1 Application.

6-21.1.1 This test method shall apply to the toe section of the footwear.

6-21.2 Specimens.

6-21.2.1 A minimum of three footwear items shall be tested for both impact and compression.

1025

Page 38: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

6-21.3 Preparation.

6-21.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be complete footwear toes•

6-21.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-21.4 Procedure.

6-21.4.1 Footwear specimens shall be tested in accordance with Section 1.4 of ANSI Z41, Standard for Safety-Toe Footu~.ar.

6-21.5 Report.

6-21.5.1 The impact and compression forces for each specimen shall be reportea.

6-21.6 Interpretation.

6-21.6.1 One or more footwear specimens falling this test shall constitute failing performance.

6-22 Ladder Shank Bend Resistance Test.

6-22.1 Application.

6-22.1.1 This test method shall apply to footwear ladder shanks.

6-22.2 Specimens.

6-22.2.1 A minimum of three footwear ladder shanks shall be tested.

6-22.3 Preparation.

6-22.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be footwear ladder shanks.

6-22.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-22.4 Apparatus.

6-22.4.1 The apparatus shall consist of a tensile testing machine, such as an lustron or equivalent, that challenges a specimen with a simulated ladder rung. A 32 mm diameter x 50 mm long (1 1/4

in. diameter x 2 in. long) noncompressible probe shall be mounted on the movable arm. The specimen support a s s ~ shall consist of two 50 m m x 25 mm x 25 mm (2 in. x 1 ~ 1 in~.~, noncompressible blocks placed 50 mm (2 in.) apart Figure 6-22.4.1.

Force ..g.~.~ ~

( ink

• ~amplo

M 2 in. (5.08 cm) ~ 2 in."

J~--1 in. - - J ~tf (5.08 era)

(2.54 cm)

Figure 6-22.4.1 Ladder shank bend test set-up.

6-22.5 Procedure.

6-22.5.1 The ladder shank shall be placed on mounting blocks as it would be oriented toward the ladder when affixed into the

protective footwear and subjected to force on its center with the test probe operated at 50 mm/min (2 in./min).

6-22.6 Report.

6-22.6.1 Deflection at 182 kg (400 lb) shall be reported to the nearest 1 mm (1/32 in.). The average deflection shall be calculated and reported to the nearest 1 mm (1/32 in.).

6-22.7 Interpretation.

6-22.7.1 Pass/fail performance shall be determined using the average deflection for all specimens tested.

6-23 Sllp Resistance Test.

6-23.1 Application.

6-23.1.1 This test method shall apply to footwear soles.

6-23.2 Specimens.

6-23.2.1 A minimum of three footwear heels shall be tested.

6-23.3 Preparation.

6-23.3.1 Samples for conditioning shall be footwear.

6-23.3.2 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-23.4 P r o c e d u r e , S , .

6-23.4.1 Slip ~ e shall be performed in accordance with ASTM F 4 8 9 ~ a ~ e s t Method for Static Coe~ient of Friction of

a

6-23.5. 'F~ reported

of each specimen shall be

~c~.~.6.r~e or more footwear specimens falling this test shall mfi tu~ failing performance.

z~Seam/Closure Breaking Strength Test.

~6~24.1 Application.

6-24.1.1 This test shall be applied to suit seams and closure assembly used in the construction of the vapor-protective suit, including at least suit and suit-visor seams, ff the suit consists of multiple separable layers, then the test shall be applied to the seams and closure assemblies of each separable layer•

6-24.1.2 Modifications to this test method for testing seams shall be as specified in 6-24.7.

6-24.1.3 Modifications to this test method for testing closure assemblies shall be as specified in 6-24.8.

6-24.2 Specimens.

6-24.2.1 A minimum of five seam or closure assembly specimens representative of the suit shall be tested for each seam and closure assembly type.

6-24.2.2 A straight seam shall beperrnitted to be cut from the finished suit or shall be permittedto be prepared by joining two pieces of the suit material in a manner representing the actual seam construction in the finished vapor-protective ensemble.

6-24.3 Preparation.

6-24.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-24.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be 1-m (1-yd) squares of material.

6-24.4 Procedure.

1026

Page 39: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

6-24.4.1 All seams and closure assemblies shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 751, Standard Methods of Tearing Coated Fabr/c. The test machine shall be operated at a rate of 305 m m / m i n (12 in . /min) .

6-24.5 Report.

6-24.5.1 The breaking strength for each seam or closure assembly specimen shall be reported. The average breaking strength for each seam or closure assembly type shall also be reported.

6-24.5.2 The type of seams and closure assemblies tested, that is, whether the specimens were cut from the finished suit or prepared from fabric samples, shall be reported.

6-24.6 Interpretation.

6-24.6.1 The average seam breaking strength for each seam type shall be used to determine pass/fail performance.

6-24.7 Specific Procedures for Testing Seams.

6-24.7.1 Samples for conditioning shall include 150 mm (6 in.) of material on either side of the seam.

6-24.8 Specific Procedures for Testing Closure Assemblies.

6-24.8.1 Samples for conditioning shall include 150 mm (6 in.) of material on either side of the closure.

6-25 Closure Penetration Resistance Test.

6-25.1 Application.

6-25.1.1 This test method shall apply to vapor-protective ensemble closure assemblies.

6-25.2 Specimens.

6-25.2.1 A total of three different suit closure assembly specimens shall be tested. The suit closure assembly shall consist of the closure in combination with the seam attaching the closure to the suit.

6-25.3 Preparation.

6-25.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as s p e c i f i e d ~ !

6-25.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be complete ~'" protective ensembles. ~'~:

6-25.4.1 Penetration resistance testing of shall be conducted in accordance with A S T M ' ~ $ , Stand~ Teat Method for ~sistance of Protective Clothing Mate~ Liquids, Procedure C using the following m o d i f i ~

(a) All tests shall be conducted at 25°C, +3°G (77°~-~J~;°F).

(b) The test cell shall be modified to accommodate the shape of the suit closure assembly without affecting other parts of the test procedure. The Plexiglas shield shall be omitted from the test cell.

(c) Use of blotting paper at the end of the test shall be permitted to assist in the visual observation of liquid penetration. Visually observed chemical on the blotting paper shall constitute failure of this test.

(d) An observation to determine specimen penetration shall be made at the end of the chemical contact period.

6-25.5 Report.

6-25.5.1 The report shall include the pass/fail results for each chemical tested and an identification of location where penetration occurs, if discernible.

6-25.6 Interpretation.

6-25.6.1 Observed liquid penetration at the end of the test for any specimen shall constitute failure of this test.

6-26 Exhaust Valve Inward Leakage Test.

6-26.1 Application.

6-26.1.1 This test method shall apply to vapor-protective suit exhaust valves.

6-26.2 Specimens.

6-26.2.1 A minimum of 10 specimens shall be tested.

6-26.2.2 Specimens shall be individual vapor-protective suit exhaust valves including mounting means.

6-26.3 Preparation.

6-26.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-26.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be individual vapor- protective suit exhaust valves.

6-26.3.3 Specimens shall be tested not more than 5 minutes after removal from conditioning.

6-26.4 Apparatus.

6-26.4.1 The test fixture used to measure exhaust valve inward leakage shall have the following characteristics:

(a) The fixture s h ~ a l l o w mounting of an exhaust valve such that an airtight s e ~ e v e d between the valve body and the

(b) The f l a r e s ~ r o v i d e for the application of suction from a v a c u u m , . ~ t ~ , c a p a ~ f sustaining a -25 mm (-1 in.) water

m m

The

in~lu ~f~.ure shall Lde a pressure gauge or manometer ~ r i n g pressures ranging from -25 mm to 76 mm, a 3 m., +1 /4 in. water gauge) water column gauge. l"" ~ f s h a l l allow for the measurement of flow into the ~ r i o r to valve interior sides) with a flow-measuring

"~ of measuring flow rates from at least 0 ml /min to :1:1 ml /min (0 in.S/min to 6.1 in.S/min, ~0.6

~ . ~ . 5 Procedure.

~-26.5,1 The exhaust valve shall be mounted in the test fixture and a suction of-25 nun (-1 in.) water column gauge vacuum shall be applied to the side of the valve representing the suit interior for 30 seconds while the flow rate into the valve is measured.

6-26.6 Report.

6-26.6.1 The inward leakage (flow rate) shall be reported for each specimen and the average inward leakage of all specimens shall be calculated.

6-26.7 Interpretation.

6-26.7.1 The average inward leakage shall be used to determine pass/fall in accordance with this standard.

6-27 Overall Ensemble Hash Test.

6-27.1 Appfication.

6-27.1.1 This test method shall apply to vapor-protective ensembles.

6-27.2 Specimens.

6-27.2.1 A minimum of one specimen shall be tested.

6-27.2.2 Additional protective clothing components and equipment that are necessary to provide full-body flash protection to the wearer shall be tested in conjunction with the vapor- protective suit.

6-27.3 Preparation.

1027

Page 40: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

6-27.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.2.

6-27.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be complete vapor- protective ensembles.

6-27.4 Apparatus.

6-27.4.1 A human form mannequin shall be used to support the protective suit during chemical flash fire testing. The mannequin shall be coated with a suitable fiame-retardant coating.

6-27.4.2 A one-piece flame retardant coverall shall be placed over the mannequin.

6-27.4.3 The protective suit to be tested shall be placed on the mannequin, over the flame resistant clothing, in accordance with the manufacturer 's instructions.

6-27.4.4 A flash chamber shall he constructed as illustrated in Figure 6-27.4.4 and shall include the following:

(a) It shall have an internal width and depth of 2 m, +100 mm (6 1 /2 ft, 4-4 in.) and a height of 2.5 m, +200 mm (8 ft, +8 in.).

(b) It shall be constructed of 50 x 100 mm (2 x 4 in.) flaming lumber or other suitable structural material. Fire wall, 20 mm (3/4 in.), or other suitable flame-resistant paneling, shall be used on the opposite two walls of the chamber. A piece of l$-mm (1/2- in.) heat-tempered safety glass shall be used on the remaining walls for multiple viewing points during testing. At least one of the glass walls shall be attached by a means that allows for easy removal of the mannequin. Both glass walls shall be configured to achieve gaslight seals with the chamber.

(c) All fire wall seams shall be taped and the interior walls of the chamber coated with a suitable flame-retardant material.

(d) It shall have a port for filling the chamber with propane gas located as shown in Figure 6-27.4.4. The port shall allow isolation of the propane source through a valve. The port shall be leakfree with respect to the outside environment.

(e) It shall have two ports for electric ignitors located as showing in Figure 6-27.4.4. The port shall be leakfree with respect to the outside environment. . . , , : ~ ~

(f) It shall have a top that allows containment of p r o p ~ gas "7 within the chamber during filling and venting of flash.~ "~'-#@: after ignition. ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ' ~ l ~

(g) A suitable stand that allows the m a n n e q ~ ~ io "'. 305 ram, -4:25 mm (1 ft, +1 in.) above the cha[, I! constructed. ¢~.~,~%,. ~ . ~

• ,

6-27.5 Procedure. ~ ~'

6-27.5.1 Each protective suit selected shall be testei Standard integrity in accordance with ASTM F 1052, Method for

Pressure Testing of Vapor-Protective Ensembles.

6-27.5.2 The suited mannequin shall be placed on the stand in the center of the flash chamber in an upright stationary position.

6-27.5.3 Propane gas, at 99 percent purity or better, shall be metered into the chamber at a delivery pressure of 172.3, 4-13.8 kPa (25 psi, 4-2 psi) and rate of 0.16 mS/rain, 4-0.01 mS/min (5 1/2 ~5/min, 4-1/2 ftS/min). The concentration of propane within the chamber shall be sufficient to produce a visible chemical flash fire lasting 7 seconds, +1 second. The concentration of the propane shall be permitted to be checked by a combustible gas meter or similar detector.

6-27.5.4 The flash chamber shall be viewed at both vantage points, front and back, throughout the test. Video documentation shall also be conducted from the front vantage point.

6-27.5.5 The chamber atmosphere shall be remotely ignited at $0 seconds, _+_5 seconds after the chamber has been filled with propane gas.

J

q

SOUrC9 : ~ Remote ignitor

6-27.5.~ sur~ces

~ . 4 0 v e r ~ ensemble chemical flash chamber.

~ted mannequin shall not be removed until all poled to ambient temperature.

,3° ~6tective suit shall be removed from the mannequin visually for physical signs of damage from thermal

~t~27.5.8 A gastight integrity test shall be performed on the suit in ~ d a n c e with Section 6-2, Gaslight Integrity Test, following the q~mica l flash fire exposure.

6-27.5.9 Following gastight integrity testing, the suit shall be donned by a test subject and evaluated for visual acuity.

6-27.5.9.1 The test subject shall have a minimum visual acuity of 20/20 in each eye, uncorrected or corrected with contact lenses, as determined in a visual acuity test or doctor's examination.

6-27.5.9.2 Visual acuity tes t ingfrom within the suit shall be conducted using a standard 20-foot eye chart with a normal lighting range of 100-150 R-candles at the chart and with the test subject positions at a distance of 6100 mm (20 ft) from the char t

6-27.5.9.$ The test subject shall then read the standard eye chart through the lens of the SGBA facepiece and suit visor to determine his or her visual acuity.

6-27.5.10 All testing shall be performed at a temperature of 24°C, 4-II°C (75°F, _+.20°F)'and a relative humidity of 7Opercent, +25 percent. Tests shall not be conducted outdoors during precipitation.

6-27.6 Report.

6-27.6.1 The before and after gastight integrity test results, afterIlame time, and visor rar i ty shall be reported for each test specimen.

6-27.6.2 An illustration of the protective suit, as shown in Figure 6- 27.6.2, shall be prepared and the location of any damage shall be shown. Separate illustrations shall be prepared for over covers if tested with the protective suit. Damage shall include, but not be limited to, charring, blistering, evidence of material melting, delamination, or destruction of any suit components.

1028

Page 41: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F99 R O P

\ ' I

Front

Left

I l l I~1 4 =~ I:=

Back

RighL~3 ~'~ 4::~'.:~'"

Figure 6-27.6.2 Suit diagram (for noting damage locatR ~

, o

6-27.7.1 Any specimen with an afterflame ~ e a t e r t h a ' ~

6-27.7.2 f f the ending pressure is less than ~ ~ 1 3 mm~.'~,~.~..~, the specimen fails the test. ~ . ~ ' ~

6-27.7.3 The visual acuity of the test subject inside the suit shall be used for determining pass/fail.

6-28* Thermal Protective Performance (TPP) Test.

6-28.1 Application.

6-28.1.1 This test method shall apply to multilayer protective garment composites, hoods, wristlets, and gloves, inducting single layer knit hood which are worn in contact with the skin.

6-28.1.2 Modifications to this test method for testing garment composites shall be as specified in 6-28.8.

6-28.1.3 Modifications to this test method for testing hoods shall be as specified in 6-28.9.

6-28.1.4 Modifications to this test method for testing wristlets shall be as specified in 6-28.10.

6-28.1.5 Modifications to this test method for testing gloves shall be as specified in 6-28.11.

6-28.2.1 Thermal protective performance testing shall be conducted on three specimens. Specimens shall measure 152.4 mm x 152.4 ram, -+6.4 mm (6 in. x 6 in., _+1/4 in.) and shall consist of all layers representative of the clothing item to be tested.

6-28.3 Sample Preparation.

6-28.3.1 Specimens shall he tested before preconditioning and tested after preconditioning as specified in 6-1.2 and then conditioning as specified in 6-1.3.

6-28.4 Apparatus.

6-28.4.1 The test apparatus shall consist of a specimen holder assembly, specimen holder assembly support, thermal flux source, protective shutter, sensor assembly, and recorder. The apparatus shall also have a gas supply, gas rotameter, burners, and sensor. .

6-28.4.1.1 The specimen holder assembly shall consist of upper and lower mounting plates. Specimen holder maintaining plates shall be 152.4 mm x 152.4 ram, _+1.6 mm, x 6.4 mm, + 0.8 mm (6

in. x 6 in., + 0.063 in. x 0.25 in., + 0.313 in.). The lower specimen

mounting plate shall have centered a 101.6 mm x 101.6 ram, -+ 1.6

mm (4 in. x 4 in., + 0.063 in.) hole. The upper specimen

mounting plate shall have centered a 133.4 mm x 133.4 mm, + 1.6

mm (5.25 in. x 5.25 in., -+0.063 in.) hole. The lower specimen

mounting plate s h ~ e : .,~ "~:s-

0.8 mm (1.0 in.r.. .~.63 in. post welded ~ g n e r 6.4 mm, _+l.6r from each ~ d ~ n d i c u l a r to the p some o ~ o d fo~...~.n.i{~, the speor .The u[ ~tr s a ~ l e mou . r i ' ~ '~ l a t e shall h2

~.. c o ~ r so that thg.$.~Bpper specimen

• ~ t assembly shall be as shown in Figure 6-28.4.1.1. specir ~ " en moui{ting plate. Specil

a 25.4 mm, _+1.6 mm high, x 3.2 mm, +

~! high, x 0.13 in., _+0.0315 in.) thick steel • +1.6 mm (0.25 in., _+0.063 in.)

to the plane of the plate or the speomen shall be provided.

shall have a corresponding hole J: mounting plate fits over

plate. Specifications for the

(4 in.)

152 mm (6 i n . ) - - - - - ~

'[

,J_

F-=

6.4 mm (¼ in.) angle welded to oach ¢orrmr

J E

25 mm (1 in.)

Mounting plate material - steel

Figure 6-28.4.1.1 Lower specimen mounting plate.

6-28.4.1.2 The specimen holder assembly support shah consist of a steel frame that rigidly holds and positions in a reproducible manner the specimen holder assembly and specimen relative to the thermal flux.

6-28.4.1.3 The thermal flux source shall consist of a convective thermal flux source and a radiant thermal flux source. The convective thermal flux source shall consist of two Meker or Fisher burners affixed beneath the specimen holder assembly opening and subtended at a nominal 45 degree angle from vertical so that the flames converge at a point immediately beneath the specimen. The radiant thermal flux source shall consist of nine quartz T-150 infrared tubes affixed beneath and centered between the burners as shown in Figure 6-10.4.1.3.

6-28.2 Specimens.

1029

Page 42: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 ~ F 9 9 R O P

To recorder or Copper calorimeter ~ computer

f ,~.,.,. Sensor weight I \ . I l l . I~ S- cer 'if used ~

Insulating board ~ ~! ,~ ~r't, I - ~ P~ ~ / [ J H

Test fabric ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ Bottom support

Water cooled ----'~l shutter [~" ~" . _~-

, & \ \

" ~ ® ~ 1 ~ _ f M e k e r burner

Quartz tube bank

Figure 6-28.4.1.3 Specifications for TPP tester thermal flux source.

6-28.4.1.4 A protective shutter shall be placed between the thermal flux source and the specimen. The protective shutter shall be capable of completely dissipating thermal load from thermal flux source of the time periods before and after specimen exposure.

6-28.4.1.5 The sensor assembly shall be fitted into the opening in the top plate of the specimen holder and shall be in contact with the surface of the thermal barrier normally facing the wearer, as detailed in Figure 6-28.4.1.10. Sensor assembly shall consist of 133.4 mm x 135.4 m m x 12.7 mm (5.25 in. x 5.25 in. x 0.5 in.) heat- resistant block that fits without binding into the hole of the upper specimen mounting plate and shall be uniformly weighted such that complete sensor assembly, including copper calorimeter, weighs 1000 g, +10 g (2.2 lb, !-0.022 ib).

6-28.4.1.6 The recorder shall be any strip chart recorder with full- scale deflection of at least 150°C ($00°F) or 10 mV and sufficient sensitivity and scale divisions to read exposure time to -I-0.1 second. Alternatively, an equivalent automated data acquisition system meeting or exceeding the sensitivity and accuracy requirements of the strip chart recorder shall be permitted to be used instead of a strip chart r e c o r d e r . . ~ . . . . ~ .

6-28A.1.7 The gas supply shall be propane, methane, ol gas with appropriate reducer and vaiving arrangemen the gas supply pressure at 8 psig, ± 0.1 psig and capa providing flow equivalent to 2 L /min (0.07 ftS/mi . conditions. . .~ .~

6-28.4.1.8 The gas rotameter shall be any g ~ 0 t a m ¢ to give flow equivalent to 2 L/rain (0.07 ft conditions.

6-28.4.1.9 The burners shall be Meker or Fisher b ith 38 mm, ±2 mm (1.5 in., ±0.1 in.) diameter top and witt ~ce size of 1.2 mm (0.05 in.). -~

6-28.4.1.10 The sensor shall be a copper calorimeter mounted in an insulating block. The calorimeter shall conform to the specifications provided in Figure 6-28.4.1.10. The sensor shall be coated with a flat black paint.

6-28.4.2 A radiometer shall be used in the calibration of the test apparatus.

6-28.4.2.1 The radiometer shall be a Garden type radiation transducer with a diameter of 25.4 mm (1 in.). The heat flux operating range shall be from 0 kW/m ~ to 60 kW/m * (0 cal/cm2s

z . 2 £ to 1.4 cal /cm s or 0 BTU/ft / s to 5 BTU/ft /s) . The radiometer shall be water cooled and the cooling water temperature shall he above the ambient dew point temperature.

6-28.5 Procedure.

6-28.5.1 General Procedures.

" / . . _. A"20mm i " "e ' "~0 ~ ' ~ 0 " 7 9 in') D

\ i /40ram (1.57in.) D

Sensor of electrical grade copper

Hole detail and method of securing thermocouple

• ~ Separate

_ I I I I . 1~1-emm ± o',,

' Oh in.) (0.005in.) Position 30 ga T/C in hole, peen 18 ga copper plug in place to secure

Details of calorimeter construction

(~ in.)

b - - - - - - - - . 4

= _ _ t i i

I

I

I ~-g.5 mm In.)

I

I I L_.

1½ In.)

soft insulation board

mrs,el, silver solder connedion~. Bdng common lead ~f support. Secure semmr into support with three or ~t to 9.5 mm (~ In.) long.

painted with fiat black paint.

F'~ture 6-28.4.1.10 Sensor assembly.

~28.5.1.1 All testing and calibratior~ shall be performed in a hood o r ventilated area to carry away combustion products, smoke, or fumes. If air currents disturb the flame, the apparatus shall be shielded. Procedures for testing and calibration shall be performed using the same hood and ventilation conditions.

6-28.5.1.2 Care shall be exercised in handling the burner with open flame. Adequate separation shall be maintained between flame and combustible materials. Since the specimen holder and sensor assembly become heated during prolonged testing, protective gloves shall be used when handling these hot objects. Since some test specimens become hazardous when.exposed to direct flame, care shall be used when the specimen 1grates o f releases combustible gases. If specimens ignite, the gas supply at the cylinder shall be shut off and the flame shall be allowed to burn the gas.

6 - 2 8 . 5 . 2 C a l i b r a t i o n P r o c e d u r e °

6-28.5.2.1 Specimens shall be exposed to a thermal flux of 83 kW/m ~, +4 kW/m 2 (2.0 cal/cm~s, :k-0.1 cal/rm~s) as measured with the copper calorimeter. The copper calorimeter shall be the only heat sensor used in setting the total 85 kW/m ~ (2 cal/cm~s) exposure condition. The total heat flux shall be calculated directly and only from the voltage output of the thermocouples, using the measured temperature rise of the testing copper calorimeter, the area and mass of the calorimeter, and the heat capacity of copper to calibrate the heat flux. Other heat sensing devices shall not be used to reference or adjust the total heat flux read by the copper calorimeter.

6-28.5.2.2 The total heat flux and the 50 percent /50 percent _+5 percent radiant/convective balance of the energy sources shall be set in accordance with the procedures in 6-28.5.9,3 through 6- 28.5.2.6. The level of the radiant heat flux shall be determined

1030

Page 43: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

using a radiometer and the level of the total heat flux shall be determined by using a calibration copper calorimeter designated and used only to set the total exposure level.

6-28.5.2.$ When an initial setting of 50 kW/m 2, +4 kW/m ~ (0.$ cai/cm2s, +0.1 cal/cm~s) has been made to the array of new quartz lamps, the operating voltage shall be recorded and permanently retained for test purposes. During all future calibration procedures, the voltage setting o f the quartz lamps shall be compared to the current voltage setting of the new quartz lamps, and if the voltage increase is 5 V or greater from the initial setting, the lamps shall be replaced.

6.28.5.2.4* The two Meker or Fisher burners shall be initially adjusted so that the flames converge upon each other just below the center of the radiometer. The color of the flame shall primarily be blue.

6.28.5.2.5 The radiant thermal flux source of nine quartz infrared tubes alone shall be set to an incoming radiant heat flux of 12 kW/m ~, +4 kW/m ~ (0.3 cal/cmSs, i'0.1 cal/cm2s) usinga commercial radiometer meeting the specifications of 6-28.4.2. The radiometer window shall be positioned at the geometric center of the sample holder and at the same plane as a test specimen. The radiometer.shall be mounted in a holder of the same overall size, shape, and material as the one used for the copper calorimeter to ensure similar heat arhd flamepatterns across the faces of the radiometer and calorimeters. The radiant quartz tubes shall be turned on and "run" for a minimum of 2 minutes prior to measuring the radiant, heat flux.

6-28.5.2.6 The total heat flux shall be set at 83 kW/m ~, +4 kW/m z 2 2 (2.0 cal/cm s, ~0.1 cal/cm s) using the calibration copper

calorimeter, defined in 6-28.4.1.10, by adjusting only the gas supply to the Meker or Fisher burners. Without a mounted specimen, the calibration copper calorimeter shall be placed on top of the specimen holder with the blackened copper calorimeter facing down and then exposed directly to the flame of the burner. The response of the calorimeter shall be recorded for at least 10 seconds. The lowest temperature point on the curve where the response is linear shall be chosen, and the increase in sensor temperature for 10 seconds of heating shall also be determined. The initial reading from the 10-second reading shall be subtracted to obtain the increase. The response shall be 148°C, + $.7°C (267°F, + 6.7°F) equisalent to 7.86, + 0.20 mV for an iron- constantan thermocouple for an exposure heat flux of 83 ~ +2 kW/m ~ (2.0 cal/cm~s, :L-0.05 cal/cm%). ~-~"~ .,,

6-28.5.3 Test Procedure. "-'.~ ~(~,~.,~-~V-'-

6.28.5.3.1 After the total thermal heat flux has b ~ t 83" ~-~. . kW/m', + 4 kW/m ~ (2.0 cal/cmZs, 4- 0.1 c a l / ~ e ~ e ~ calibration procedure in 6.28.5.2.4 through ~ [ ~ . ~ t i n g copper calorimeter shall be used to measu~~-.~ totai h e a ' ~ x . ~#~ Prior to testing, the testing copper c a i o r i r f f e t d ~ be u s e ~ o

calm measure the total heat flux by placing th~ : l i a r face il~bwn and then exposing it direcdy to the total heat sou~/~.~h~?i~sponse of the calorimeter shall be recorded for at least 10 e ~ The

where the res~ lowest temperature point on the curve s , v ~ S . s linear shall be chosen, and the increase in sensor temperature for 10 seconds of heating shall be determined. The inl't~al reading from the 10-second reading shall be subtracted to obtain the increase. The response shall be 148°C, ± 3.7°C (267°F, 4. fi.7°F) equivalent to 7.86 mV, 4. 0.20 mV for an iron-constantan thermocouple for an exposure heat flux of 83 kW/m ~, 4. 2 kW/m ~ (2.0 cal/cm~s, 4. 0.05 caf/cm~s).

6-28.5.3.2 If the measurement from the testing copper calorimeter is within +4/-0 kW/m ~ (+0.1/-0 cal/cm~s) then testing shall be done. If the measurement from the testing copper calorimeter does not agree within +4 kW/m ~ (+0.1 cal/cmZs) of the measurement of the calibration calorimeter, the testing copper calorimeter shall be repaired, reconditioned, or replaced to achieve agreement.

6-28.5.$.3 Specimens shall be mounted by placing the surface of the material to be used as the outside of the garment face down on the mounting plate. The subsequent layers shall he placed on top in the order used in the garment, with the surface to be worn toward the skin facing up. With the protective shutter engaged, the specimens shall be placed on the specimen holder.

6-28.5.3.4 The testing copper calorimeter shall be placed directly on the specimen in contact with the surface to be worn toward the skin.

6-28.5.$.5 The protective shutter shall be retracted and chartpaper movement on the recorder shall be started using a chart speed consistent with the preparation of the overlay described in 6- 28.5.4.1. The start time of the exposure shall be indicated. The exposure shall be continued for 30 seconds. The protective shutter shall be engaged (closed), the recorder shall be stopped, the calorimeter shall be removed and cooled, and then the specimen holder and exposed specimen shall be removed.

6-28.5.3.6 After each exposure, the calorimeter shall be cooled to 35°C, +I°C (90.8°F, +l.8°F) before the next heat flux determination. The sensor shall be cooled after exposure with a je t of air or by contact with a cold surface.

6-28.5.3.7 The sensor face shall be wiped immediately after each run, while hot, to remove any decomposition products that condense and could be a source of error. If a deposit collects and appears to be thicker than a thin layer of paint, or is irregular, the sensor surface shall be reconditioned. The cooled sensor shall be carefully cleaned with acetone or petroleum solvent in an area where there is no ignition source.

6-28.5.3.7.1" If copper is showing on the testing copper calorimeter, the surface shall be completely repainted with a thin layer of flat black spray paint. At least one calibration run shall be performed comparn :~ , . e testingcopper calorimeter with the calibration c o p p e r . ~ e t e r . If the testing calorimeter is in error by more--.ttl~. ~ k W / m * (+0.1/.0 cal/cm~s), all electrical

a.~__whereconnections: thermocouples are secured to the testing c a l o r i ~ _ , be checked. Two more calibration rnus shall he c~.~____? Ipariing ~l~at~e~d ~ 11$~ d - e b ~ the testing copper calorimeter with ~ . ;~f~er calorimeter. The average error i ~ h ~ " ;I.~. W ~ge error of the testing calorimeter is

~an / m 2 (+0~" cal/cmZs), then the testing calorimeter s h ~ | ~ e 3 ~ m ' ~ . " and recalibrated or the testing calorimeter shall be rep

~ 4 L P ~ i o n o f ~ $ Human Tissue Burn Tolerance Overlay.

~ ~ i e r a n c e Overlay. The thermal end point shall be .t.c~rmx .~)~ with a plot of energy versus the time to cause a second- ~gree "g~rn in human tissue as shown in Table 6-28.5.4.1. The .~._9~meter equivalent from Table 6-28.5.4.1 that corresponds to ~ e c o r d e r scale shall be plotted on recorder chart paper. oolu~gU'mns 6, 7, or 8 (AT°F, AT°C, AmV) shall be plotted on the ~ertical axis and the corresponding time (column 1) shall be lOtted on the horizontal axis. Chart units based on the recorder ll-scale deflection and the chart speed for a graph directly

comparable to the recorder sensor trace shall be used. If pen deflection is from left to right and paper movement down, the plot shall be from right to left with origin at lower right. If recorder trace differs, the graph shall be adjusted accordingly. An exact transparent duplicate shall be made for the overlay. The overlay shall be compared with the original to ensure change in the overlay size.

6-28.5.4.2 Computer Processing of the Data. The information provided in Table 6-28.5.4.1 shall be permitted to be used as the criteria of performance in the software of a computer program. In this case, the sensor response shall be compared with the thermal response, either pain sensation or second-degree bum in human tissue to determine the thermal end points. The product of the time to a second-degree burn in human tissue and the exposure energy heat flux shall be the TPP rating.

6.28.5.5 Determination of Test Results.

1031

Page 44: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

Table 6-28.5.4.1 Human Tissue" Tolerance to Second-DeKree Burn Calorimeter ~

Exposure Heat Flux Total Heat Equivalent Time (s) cal/cmZs kW/m ~ cal /cm z kW/m ~ ATOF AT*C AmV

1 1.2 50 1.20 50 16.0 8.9 0.46 2 0.73 31 1.46 61 19.5 10.8 0.57 3 0.55 23 1.65 69 22.0 12.2 0.63 4 0.45 19 1.80 75 24.0 13.3 0.69 5 0.38 16 1.90 80 25.3 14.1 0.72 6 0.34 14 2.04 85 27.2 15.1 0.78 7 0.30 13 2.10 88 28.0 15.5 0.80 8 0.274 11.5 2.19 92 29.2 16.2 0.83 9 0.252 10.6 2.27 95 30.2 16.8 0.86

10 0.233 9.8 2.33 98 31.1 17.3 0.89 11 0.219 9.2 2.41 101 32.1 17.8 0.92 12 0.205 8.6 2.46 103 32.8 18.2 0.94 13 0.194 8.1 2.52 106 33.6 18.7 0.97 14 0.184 7.7 2.58 108 34.3 19.1 0.99 15 0.177 7.4 2.66 111 35.4 19.7 1.02 16 0.168 7.0 2.69 113 35.8 19.8 1.03 17 0.160 6.7 2.72 114 36.3 20.2 1.04 18 0.154 6.4 2.77 116 37.0 20.6 1.06 19 0.148 6.2 2.81 118 37.5 20.8 1.08 29 0.143 6.0 2.86 120 38.1 21.2 1.10 25 0.122 5.1 3.05 128 40.7 22.6 1.17 30 0.107 4.5 3.21 154 42.8 23.8 1.23

~Stoll, A.M., and Chianti, M.A. "Method and Rating System for Evaluation of Therm~d Protection," Aerospace Medicine, Vol. 40, 1968, pp. 1232-1238. blron-constantan thermocouple. ~'-'~ ~-

6-28.5.5.1 The time to the second-degree burn shall be graphically determined from the recorder chart of the sensor response and criterion overlay prepared in 6-28.5.4.1. The overlay shall be positioned on the recorder chart, matching the zero of the overlay with the exposure start time resulting from heat transfer. The horizontal axis (time) shall be placed in line with the initial trace of the pen, keeping the overlay square with the recorder chart. The time to the second-degree burn shall be read to the nearest .Q~Z~:~:.. second from the overlay chart at the point when the s e n s o ~ + ~ * ~ response curve and the tissue tolerance curve cross, ff "~ensor i~ :~ i "~.,":::- ~> .. response curve and the tissue tolerance curves do n o t . ~ . ~ : . ~.~ shall be recorded as the test result. ~".".-"~:¢..~*"~

6-28.5.5.1.1 n a computer s o l , are program response shall be compared with the data de.~bing~-'=~ ~/ff~-.~.man !~ tissue heat tolerance to determine like val~K'~'.h, e time ~ ' ~ the~ start of the exposure to the time when t h e s ' e * " ~ are t h e n c e shall be taken at the exposure time. "~)%~,,~..:.,~ ff

6-28.5.5.2 The TPP rating shall be calculated as t" ~" ' ~ : : t of exposure energy heat flux and time to burn:

TPP rating = F x T where:

F= exposure heat flux (cal/cm~s) T = time to burn(s)

6-28.6 Report.

6-28.6.1 The individual test TPP rating of each specimen shall be reported. The average TPP rating shall be calculated and reported. If a TPP rating is greater than 60, then the TPP rating shall be reported as "> 60."

6-28.7 Interpretation.

6-28.7.1 Pass or fall determinations shall be based on the average reported TPP rating of all specimens tested.

6-28.7.2 If an individual result from any test set varies more than +8 percent from the average result, the results from the test set shall be discarded and another set of specimens shall be tested.

6-28.8 Specific Requirements for Testing Garments.

c o m p o ~ in the pr

S ~ m e n s sha l t~ns i s t of outer shell, moisture barrier, m~?.-]~&rrier. Winter liners shall not be included in the test ~.~.~.~.'oY[~r lining fabric shall be permitted to be included :~ , ,~ve garment collar fabric composite specimen. 3 s ~ : - ~ o t include seams. Specimens shall not be Lo h..o~]ndividual layers together during testing. i:" ..~::"" . . . ~ p l e s for condltaomng shall be at least a 1-m (1-yd) F each material.

Testing shall be performed as described in 6-28.2 through

6-28.9 Specific Requirements for Testing Protective Hoods.

6-28.9.1 Specimens shall consist of materials from the portion of the protective hood that covers the neck and facial area" Specimens sha l lno t include seams. Specimens shall not be stitched to hold individual layers together during testing.

6-28.9.2 Samples for conditioning shall include hood material that is a minimum of 178 mm (7 in.) square.

6-28.9.3 Testing shall be performed as described in 6-28.2 through 6-28.7.

6-28.10 Specific Requirements for Testing Protective Wristlets.

6-28.10.1 Specimens shall consist of'materials from the portion of the protective wristlet that covers the wrist area. Specimens shall not include seams. Specimens shall not be stitched to hold individual layers together during testing.

6-28.10.2 Samples for conditioning shall include wrisdet material that is a minimum of 178 mm (7 in.) square.

6-~8.10.3 Testing shall be performed as described in 6-28.2 through 6-28.7.

6-28.11 Specific Requirements for Testing Protective Glove Body Composites and Gauntlets.

6-28.11.1 Specimens shall consist of the composite used in the actual glove construction, with the layers arranged in proper order. Specimens shall not include seams, where multiple layers are involved. Specimens shall not be stitched to ho ld individual layers together during testing.

1032

Page 45: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1 9 9 1 - - F 9 9 R O P

6-28.11.2 Samples for conditioning shall include glove material that is a minimum of 178 mm (7 in.) square consisting of the composite used in the actual glove construction, with the layers arranged in proper order and stitched using the same thread used in the constrncuon of the glove.

6-28.11.3 Testing shall be performed as described in 6-28.2 through 6-28.7.

6-29 Static Charge Accumulation Resistance Test.

6-29.1 Application.

6-29.1.1 This test method shall apply to suit and glove materials.

6-29.2 Specimens.

6-29.2.1 A minimum of five specimens, each a 200-mm, +13-mm (8 in., +1/2 in.) square, shall be cut from the material to be tested. 6-29.2.2 Only the exterior layer of suit or glove material composites shall be tested.

6-29.3 Preparation.

6-29.3.1 Specimens shall be conditioned as specified in 6-1.9.

6-29.3.2 Samples for conditioning shall be of specimen size given in 6-29.2.1.

6-29.4 Apparatus.

6-29.4.1 Triboelectric Test Device. The triboelectric test device shall consist of a grounded aluminum frame with two cutouts in the front faceplate.

The lower right cutout shall house the static detector head that is connected to an electrometer.

The upper left cutout shall be for the rubbing wheel used to generate the triboelectric charge.

This rubbing wheel shall be connected to a 1 /8 horsepower electric drive motor. A manual lever shall be used to slide the motor / rubbing wheel combination forward so that the wheel gendy makes contact with the test specimen at the proper time.

The test pressure shall be held constant during the test by means of a weight and cord system. In this system, a cord shall be attached to the motor assembly, shall run over a pulley w h e e ~ . a 1.4 kg, _+0.05 kg (3 Ib, +0.2 Ib) weight shall be attached # e ~ of the cord. ..~'..-{..z ~

The test specimen shall be taudy mounted in a grou~i~i~i::. ~ specimen holder. "~!~! "

6-29.4.2 Rubbing ~ e e l . The rubbing wheel ~ ~ . ~ . d i a of 125 mm, +-2 mm (5 in., +1/16 in.). T h e ~ d a r d w~ .':~qdlall=k constructed with a phenolic plastic back, ~ i ~ , . m (1 in.~'~, foam cushion, and a felt p o l y t e t r a f l u o r o e ~ y I ~ ) r ~ i n g surface. Rubbing wheels shall be cleaned with~~L_=~a~cloth ~ te r the completion of tests ,an a given material. " ~ . ~ .:.~-

6-29.4.3 Data Gathering System. A digital oscillosc~k~ with memory shall be used for gathering data.

The oscilloscope tyigger shall be initiated with a 6 V battery connected to the oscilloscope trigger circuit through a microswitch on the sliding mechanism of the rubbing wheel.

When the rubbing wheel is moved away from the test specimen, thus ceasing charge generation, the microswitch shall initiate the oscilloscope trigger. The detector head shall sense the electrostatic field and the electrometer shall generate a dc voltage proportional to the electrostatic field sensed by the detector head° This voltage shall be fed into the oscilloscope input and shall be displayed on the oscilloscope Y axis versus time. The zero time shall be the time the microswitch circuit triggers the oscilloscope sweep that occurs at the cessation of sample rubbing.

The oscilloscope presentation shall also be permitted to be recorded on an x-y plotter directly connected to the oscilloscope.

The oscilloscope shall also be permitted to have a digital interface to send the data to a digital computer for further analysis and storage.

6-29.4.4 Static Eliminator. A static eliminator that is capable of removing a 25,000 V charge from a 200 mm square by 16 mm (8 in. square by 5 /8 in.) material specimen within 30 seconds shall be used. The static eliminator shall be placed in the test chamber or other testing are:~

6-29.5 Procedure.

6-29.5.1 A clean rubbing wheel shall be placed in the test apparatus.

6-29.5.2 The triboelectric test apparatus shall be conditioned in a test environment of 23°C, +3°C (75°F, +-5°F) and relative humidity of 45 percent, _+.5 percent for a minimum of 24 hours.

6-29.5.3 The electrometer and oscilloscope shall be turned on and allowed to warm up for g0 minutes.

6-29.5.4 The test specimen shall be mounted in the sample bolder.

6-29.5.5 The test operator shall verify or install the proper weights on the cord. The standard mass is 1.36 kg (3 lb.).

6-29.5.6 The static eliminator shall be turned on for 30 seconds to remove any residual charge on the test specimen and rubbing wheel.

6-29.5.7 The rubbing wheel motor shall be turned on and the motor shall be adjusted to 200 rpm.

6-29.5.8 The oscilloscope shall be adjusted for the desired display needed.

6-29.5.9 The electrometer shall be zeroed. ~ ' ~ 6-29.5.10 The s ~ l e ht] i ler shall be raised and locked into position in f r o a $ ' ~ e rubbing wheel.

6-29.5.11 .,~[~':'.~,. n t r o ' ~ . ~ r shall be moved ~'" "" to initiate rubbing of the t e s . ~ . ~ ] ~ { ~ and s ~ t i n u e rubbing for precisely 10 seco~.~. D...~ring the r u b ~ , the oscilloscope circuit shall be ar~:~.::...::#.~.;%:," " .[.!.-..0:nd " ~ electromef:'t~l" shall be ungrounded.

6-29.5 .1 '~#~e/~bbing wheel shall be retracted and the sample holder sl .~. p ~ t t e d to drop in front of the detector head to

~:.~.r.#tiate the ~ ' ~ e m e n t of the electrostatic field. "~2~.::.-':-:.-.. d ~: 6 - ~ ~ voltage versus time shall be recorded at the peak .....v.oJ~gt"~'iff at: 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 seconds. Alternatively, the

i~ltageg~ghall be recorded continuously using a data logger for at ~t ~ : . 5 seconds.

~ ':,'~9.5.14 The test shall be repeated with a fresh sample each dme I )egqnnmg with 6-29.5.2.

6-29.6 Report.

6-29.6.1 For each specimen, the peak charge generated, the corresponding charge after 5 seconds, and the time required for the charge to reach 10 percent or the maximum charge measured shall be recorded.

6-29.7 Interpretation.

6-29.7.1 The average measured voltage at 5 seconds for each surface tested shall be used individually to determine pass/fail.

Chapter 7 Referenced Publications

7-1 The following documents or portions thereof are referenced within this standard as mandatory requirements and shall be considered part of the requirements of this standard. The edition indicated for each referenced mandatory document is the current edition as of the date of the NFPA issuance of this standard. Some of these mandatory documents might also be referenced in this standard for specific informational purposes and, therefore, are also listed in Appendix B.

7-1.1 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, P. O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02266-9101.

NFPA 1500, Standard o n Fire Department Occupational Safety and Health Program, 1997 edition.

NFPA 1981, Standard on Open-Circuit Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus for the Fire Service, 1997 edition.

1033

Page 46: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

NFPA 1992, Standard on Liquid Splash-Protective Suits for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies, 1994 edition.

7.1.2 Other Publications.

7-1.2.1 ANSI Publications. American National Standards Institute, Inc., 11 West 42nd Street, 13th floor, New York, NY 10036.

ANSI Z34.1, American National Standard for Third-Party Certification Programs for Products, Processes, and Services.

ANSI Z41, Standard for Safety-Toe Footwear, 1983.

ANSI Z89.1, Standard for Industrial Head Protection, 1997.

7-1.2.2 ASTM Publications. American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428- 2959.

ASTM D 747, Standard Test Method for Apparent Bending Modulus of Plastics by Means of a Cantilever Beam, 1993.

ASTM D 751, Standard Methods of Testing Coated Fabrics, 1995.

ASTM D 1630, Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Abrasion Resistance (NBS Abrader), 1994.

tLSTM D 2136, Standard for Coated Fabrics-Low Temperature Bend Test, 1994.

ASTM D 2582, Standard Test Method for Puncture Propagation Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting, 1993.

ASTM D 4157, Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Textile Fabrics (Oscillatory Cylinder Method), 1992.

ASTM F 392, Standard Test Method for Flex Durability of Flexible Barrier Materials, 1993.

ASTM F 489, Standard Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Shoe Sole and Heel Materials as Measured by the James Machine, 1996.

ASTM F 739, Standard Test Method for Resistance of Protective Clothing Materials to Permeation by Liquids and Gases, 1996.

ASTM F 903, Standard Test Method fior Resistance of Protectiv~.~.~...._~.~.~ Clothing Materials to Pcaetratio~ by Liquids, 1996. ~ . ~ .#~ "%~

ASTM F 1001, Standard Guide for Chemicals to E v a l u a ~ ~" Clothing Materials, 1993. ~ ~

ASTM F 1052, Standard Test Method for Press .ug . . . .~~ .VapXd'~ Protective Ensembles, 1997. "#

ASTM F 1154, Standard Practices for Qua&~'~t~valuat in~he Comfort, Fit, Function, and Integrity of C h e m i c a l ~ e Suig~ Ensembles, 1996. "~'~ff~',~,~

ASTM F 1301, Standard Practice for Labeling Chemic~ l;JSrotective CIothln~ 1996.

ASTM F 1342, Standard Test Method for Resistance of Protective Clothing Materials to Punetur~ 1996.

ASTM F 1358, Standard Test Method for Resistance of Protective Clothing Materials to Flame Impingement, 1995.

ASTM F 1559, Standard Test Method for Measuring the Liquid Penetration Resistance of Protective Clothing or Protective Ensembles Under a Shower Spray While on a Mannequin, 1997.

ASTM F 1790, Standard Test Methods for Measuring Cut Resistance of Materials Used in Protective Clothing, 1997.

7-1.2.3 CSA Publication. Canadian Standards Association, 178 Rexdale Boulevard, Toronto, Canada M9W 1R$.

C~A Standard Z195-M, Standard for Protective Footwear, Occupational Health and Safety, 1992.

7-1.2.4 FIA Publication. Footwear Industries of America, 1420 K Street NW, Suite 600, Washington, DC 20005.

FIA 1209, Whole Shoe Flex.

7-1.2.5 GSA Publication. General Services Administration, Specifications Activity, Printed Materials Supply Division, Building 197, Naval Weapons Plant, Washington, DC 20407°

Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Textile Test Methods, 1978.

7-1.2.6 ISO Publications. International Standards Organization, I rue de Varembt, Case Potale 56, CH-1211 Geneve 20, Switzerland.

ISO 9001, Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Design, Development, Production, Installation, and Servicing.

1SO 9002, Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Production, Installation, and Servicing.

7-1.2.7 U.S. Army Publications. U.S. Army Chemical/Biological Defense Command, Aberdeen Proving Ground, Maryland 21010

CRDG-SP-84010, Laboratory Methods for Evaluating Protective Clothing Systems Against Chemical Agents, June 1984.

7-1.2.8 U.S. Government Publication. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.

Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations.

Appendix A Explanatory Material

Appendix A is not a,~rt of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for ~ o n a l purposes °nO" This appendix contains explanatory m a ~ nurab~ed to correspond with the applicable text

A-I-I.1 _T.~Kr'e~uireffi¢#,~l~ of this standard were developed taking into c o ~ e r ~ i ~ the ~ f emergency response personnel for hazar.,~'us ..Kaaterials emer~!i"cies. This application can entail a v a r j ~ f c l~gica l , physi4~£1, and other hazards. Other protection n ~ t ~ . ~ - r a n t a thorough review of the requirements in this ~ , s t ch as routine industrial operations to determine heir a p p ~ . l i t ~ ~There a r e ~ u i r e m e n t s in this standard that address reuse or

w e a ~ s ' o f vapor-protective ensembles. Users are : a ~ t exposure of vapor-protective ensembles to i . ~ ] n i c , ~ o u l d require disposal, particularly if the effectiveness of Fecont,'~l~hination cannot be assessed. '.~g.t the time this standard was prepared, the characteristics of a

%r particulate flash fire have not been defined by this ~mmi t t ee and, therefore, the Committee has chosen not to ~sume that these exposures are similar to a chemical flash fire nor

are the requirements for chemical flash fire protection adequate as minimum requirements for dust or particulate flash fire protection.

A-1-1.2 While this standard does not include specific test methods for measuring the performance of vapor-protective ensembles against biological agents, the inward leakage test has been included as a demonstration of vapor-protective ensemble resistance to inward leakage by airborne biological agents and the overall liquidtight integrity test is included as a demonstration of vapor-protective ensemble resistance to inward leakage by liquid biological agents.

A-l-l.4 Organizations responsible for specialized chemical response functions including radiological, biological, cryogenics, or fire-fighting applications should use protective clothing and equipment specifically designed for those activities.

A-1-2.2 The testing requirements in Chapter 6 of this standard are not intended to establish the limitations of the working environment for technical rescue but are intended to establish material performance.

Users should be advised that if unusual conditions prevail, or if there are signs of abuse or mutilation of the protective ensemble or any element or component thereof, or if modifications or replacements are made or accessories are added without authorization of the protective ensemble element manufacturer, the margin of protection might be reduced.

Users should be advised that the protective properties in new vapor-protective ensembles, as required by this standard, can diminish as the product is worn and ages.

1034

Page 47: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F 9 9 R O P

It is strongly recommended that purchasers of vapor-protective ensembles consider the following:

(a) Emergency response personnel must wear many items of protective clothing and equipment. Any interference by one item of another item's use might result in ineffident operations or unsafe situations.

(b) Different breathing apparatus, communications systems, cooling devices, and other protective equipment might not be equally accommodated by each vapor-protective suit.

(c) Specification of additional reinforcement in high-wear or load-bearing areas, such as the knees, elbows, shoulders, and back, can be necessary. Reinforcing materials should be the same as the suit material. Purchasers are cautioned that additional weight caused by excessive reinforcement could lead to fatigue or injury to the wearer ,'rod change or shorten the life of the suit.

A-I-3 Approved. The National Fire Protection Association does not approve, inspect, or certify any installation~, procedures, equipment, or materials; nor does it approve or evaluate testing laboratories. In determining the acceptability of installations, procedures, equipment, or materials, the authority having jurisdiction may base acceptance on compliance with NFPA or other appropriate standards. In the absence of such standards, said authority may require evidence of proper installation, procedure, or use. The authority having jurisdiction may also refer to the listings or labeling practices of an organization that is concerned with product evaluations and is thus in a position to determine compliance with appropriate standards for the current production of listed items.

A-l-3 Authority Having Jurisdiction. The phrase "authority having jurisdiction" is used in NFPA documents in a broad manner, since jurisdictions and approval agencies vary, as do their responsibilities. Where public safety is primary, the authority having jurisdiction may be a federal, state, local, or other regional department or individual such as a fire chief; fire marshal; chief of a fire prevention bureau, labor department, or health department; building official; electrical inspector; or others having statutory authority. For insurance purposes, an insurance inspection department, rating bureau, or other insurance company representative may be the authority having jurisdiction. In many circumstances, the property owner or his or her designated agent assumes the role of the authority having jurisdiction; at government installations, the commanding officer or departmental official may be the authority having j u r i s d i c t i o n . . , . '~*~"

A-l-3 Chemical Flash Fire. A policy of wearing p r o t e c ~ ¢ ) t h " is needed that recognizes the significant threat to fire can be exposed to flash fires in either structural fire-ill~ tin ~ hazardous materials environments. It is h o p e d ~ . ~ fi! utilize awareness training on burn injuries can of the environment. There is a distinct diffe~ ,et chemical flash fires and flashovers o c c u r d ~ . , s t r u c t ' fighting environments.

Flashover is a phenomenon that generates " he range of 650°C to 815°C (1200°F to 1500°F). A ~h fire requires an ignition source and a chemical atmospt ~at contains a concentration above the lower explosive l ~ i t of the chemical. Chemical flash fires generate heat from 546°C to 1040°C (1000°F to 1900°17). A structural fire flashover as a rule is confined to a designated area with walls as a boundary. A chemical flash fire depends on the size of the gas or vapor cloud and when ignited, the flame front expands outward in the form of a fireball. The resulting effect of the fireball's energy with respect to radiant heat significantly enlarges the hazard areas around the gas released.

A-I-3 Cryogenic Liquid. Examples of cryc)genic liquids include helium, nitrogen, and oxygen. This is not an inclusive list of cryogenic liquids.

A-I-$ Element(s). For the purposes of this standard, the suit is always an ensemble element, but the gloves and footwear can be either ensemble elements or individual elements. The ensemble elements, the components or subassemblies of the vapor-protective ensemble, include the suit, gloves, and footwear. The individual elements, separate compliant items but not part of the protective ensemble, are the gloves and footwear.

A-I-3 External Fittings. Airline, cooling device, and communications system connections or pass-through and glove

and boot interface materials on the chemical protective suit are examples of external fittings.

A-I-$ Hazardous Materials Emergencies. Hazardous materials emergencies are a special subset of activities during hazardous materials incidents. These emergencies are characterized as activity where significant hazards exist to personnel or the environment. Emergency activity takes place in the hot zone as opposed to support functions, which take place in the warm and cold zones.

A-l-3 Liquefied Gas. Examples of liquefied gases include ammonia, 1,2-butadiene, chlorine, ethylene oxide, hydrogen chloride, liquefied petroleum gas, and methyl chloride. This is not an inclusive list of liquefied gases. Testing in this standard is only conducted for a limited number of liquefied gases. Users should consult the technical data package to determine which liquefied gases have been tested vath the suit's primary materials. A-1-3 Listed. The means for identifying listed equipment may vary for each organization concerned with product evaluation, some of which do not recognize equipment as listed unless it is also labeled. The "authority having jurisdiction" should utilize the system employed by the lisfng organization to identify a listed product.

A-1-3 Vapor-Protective Ensemble with Additional Chemical Flash Fire Escape Protection. Ensembles meeting these requirements are intended to offer the wearer limited protection for escape only in situations that can result in chemical flash fires. This requirement does ng~ix~nply any protection for any fire-fighting acuvities but . ~ u m protection from the thermal effects of a chemical are wire no loss of suit gastight integrity.

A-l-3 Va ~ E u s e m b l e with Additional Liquefied Gas Protectio ~ e t i n g these requirements are intended to offe~ i m i ~ , ~ e c t i o n for exposure to liquefied gase.s.~ e x p ? . . . ~ , e time of 15 minutes.

are used throughout this standard with U.S. approya provided in parentheses. The metric units are the requi

Pliance of vapor-protective ensembles in meeting termined by the NFPA battery of chemicals. tire suit meeting the requirements of this

~dard?~¢i [ l have a list of chemicals or chemical mixtures ~ o ~ a t e d with it. "~aor-protective ensembles by definition also meet the

~i~'~luirements of NFPA 1992, Standard on Liquid Splash-Protective .~Suits for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies.

A-2-1.8 The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), from time to time, has received complaints that certain items of fire and emergency services protective clothing or protective equipment might be carrying labels falsely identifying them as compliant with an NFPA standard. The requirement for placing the certification organization's mark on the product label is to help ensure than the purchaser can readily determine compliance of the respective product through independent third-party certification.

A-2-2.3 The contractual provisions covering a certification program should contain clauses advising the manufacturer that if requirements change, the product should be brought into compliance with the new requirements by a stated effective date through a compliance review program involving all currently listed products.

Without the clauses, certifiers would not be able to move quickly to protect their name, marks, or reputation. A product safety certification program would be deficient without these contractual provisions and the administrative means to back them up.

A-2-2.4 Investigative procedures are important elements of an effective and meaningful product safety certification program. A preliminary review should be carried out on products submitted to the agency before any major testing is undertaken.

A-2-2.7 Such inspections should include, in most instances, witnessing of production tests. With certain products, the certification organization inspectors should select samples from the production line and submit them to the main laboratory for countercheck testing. With other products, it can be desirable to purchase samples in the open market for test purposes.

1035

Page 48: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F9 9 R O P

A-2-2.9 For further information and guidance on recall programs, see 21 C, FR 7, Subpart C.

A-2-3.10 Manufacturers are not limited in their approaches for designing vapor-protective ensembles compliant with this standard. If the suit design uses combinations of materials or garments to meet one part of the standard, then the same combinations must be assessed for all parts of the standard. For example, if a two-part visor is used such that the visor materials meet the chemical resistance requirement, the outer visor cannot be removed to meet the light transmission requirement. The same configuration must be used for all performance requirements.

A-2-6 ISO 9000 defines quality terms and concepts. It gives an overview of the content and use of the entire ISO 9000 series. A useful cross-reference to the series' quality system elements is found in Annex A of 1SO 9000.

ISO 9001, Quality Systems ~ Model for Quality Assurance in Design, Development, Production, Installation, and Servicing, is used when the quality system to be assessed covers several stages of one firm's processes. It prescribes quality system requirements for design, development, production, installation ano servicing.

ISO 9002, Quality Systems - - Model for Quality Assurance in Production, Installation, and Servidn~ focuses on quality system requirements for production and installation.

ISO 9003 details quality system requirements for final inspection and testing.

ISO 9004 is used for internal quality assurance purposes. It defines a basic set of elements that a company can use to develop and implement a quality management system. Guidance is provided on the technical, administrative, and human factors that affect the quality of products or services at all stages of operation. This standard can help companies determine the extent to which each quality system element applies to their organization.

A-5-1.1.7 Purchasers might wish to include a requirement in the purchase specifications for an additional label that includes certain information, such as the date of manufacture, manufacturer 's name, and suit identification number, to be located in a protected location on the suit in order to reduce the chance of label degradation and as a backup source of information to aid in suit tracking or during an investigation.

A-3-1.I.8 Examples of other clothing items that can be re~." ~e be worn for meeting performance criteria in this stand d ~ l "dud~ but are not limited to, over garments, over gloves, an W~.~ Purchasers must realize that all items specified by the ~ . manufacturer and used to determine compliance..wit~k,.this ~ , . standard, must be worn together. Othermse, ~ e ~ c ) the suit is voided. " ~ ' v e 2 ~ . ~

A-~-2 Purchasers should consider testing s and inte~ in evaluating their comfort, function, fit, ~ spec~ .'d

ASTM F 1154, Practices for Qualitatively Evaluating'l~.~do?,~trt , Funaion, Fit, and Integrity of Chemical Protective S u i t ~ l e s . These practices entail having a test subject don the ~ and wear it during a series of exercises. Two exercise batteries are used. The first include a number of in-place exerdses such as toe touches, deep knee bends, and cross arm reaches that are intended to assess the subject's mobility and create stresses on different parts of the suit. The second involves more realistic acuvities such as crawling, climbing a ladder, turning a valve, operating a hand truck, and coiling a hose. These tasks attempt to simulate actions that an emergency responder might undertake during a hazardous materials emergency.

Purchasers and users should be aware that no reliable, nondestructive methods exist to determine the level of contamination for exposed yap.or-protective ensembles or their materials. Therefore, users will not be able to determine how effective decontamination methods are in removing chemical contamination from the vapor-protective suit. Vapor-protective ensembles that have received a significant exposure to a chemical or chemical mixture in the estimation of the responsible supervisor should be disposed of.

.4.-3-2.5 Purchasers should follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for completing the logbook for their own means of recording suit use and maintenance and also for documenting levels of contamination when returning suits to the manufacturer.

The manufacturer should prepare the logbook so that it provides for at least the following data entries:

(a) Dates of each inspection, inspection findings, and the name of the inspector

(b) Dates of each use, the length of use, and the user's name (c) Names of chemicals the suit is exposed to including the

length and concentration of exposure (d) Dates of all repairs, including a description of the repairs,

and the name of the person making the repairs (e) Dates and types of decontamination the suit is subjected to,

and the name of the person or facility responsible for the decontamination

(f) Dates the suit is taken out of service and the reason for action (g) Dates the suit is returned to the manufacturer and the reason

for the return A-3-3.1.1 Purchasers should use the technical data package to compare suit performance data when purchasing vapor-protective ensembles. The purchaser should determine the relative ranking of performance data to aid in this selection process.

A-3-3.1.2 Purchasers should request that all documentation and performance data be provided in a format that will allow easy comparison of products to aid selection.

A-3-3.1.4 Manufacturers should determine the size range of their ensembles by matching human dimensions with available suit sizes. These determinations should account for other clothing and equipment to be worn by the wearer as recommended by the

Asse..s~.ent of acceptable fit should be determined rM F 1.¢~ ~ . ~ n d a r d Practice for Qualitatively Evaluating Fig ~ : t i o n , "find Integri 0 of Chemical Protective Suit

manufacturer. by using ASTM F the Comforg Fig Ensembles. ~ :

A ,.5 ev iden~t"~ . l~ .~ each l t ~ e the sui

(a) valve

~ v a l v e ~ u l d be examined periodically for ge. I d [ ~ i s examination should take place

,~*fie t~e suit is p r e s s ~ ' t e s t e d for vaportight integrity. ~ ~ i n a t i o n , ~ a u s t v~ves should:

~ ~: 'o~#any~.,x lint or other particles that can interfere with dos l_os'~ ~:~ . . . Cs.ow' dence of scoloration or ph ,cal degr aoon ~ !~ gaskets for installation into the suit

~h~ui[be taken for exhaust valves back properly reinstalling

~1 The following is the list of chemicals specified in ASTM )I, Guide for Chemicals to Evaluate Protective Clothing Materials, are used to test the vapor-protective suit for permeation

resistance.

Acetone Acetonitrile Anhydrous Ammonia (gas) 1,5-Butadiene (gas) Carbon Disulfide Chlorine (gas) Dichloromethane Diethyl Amine Dimethyl Formamide Ethyl Acetate Ethylene Oxide (gas)

A-5-2.6 See A-5-2.1.

A-5-2.8 See A-5-2.1.

A-5-3.1 See A-5-2.1.

A-5-$.6 See A-5-2.1.

A-5-4.1 See A-5-2.1.

A-5-5.1 See A-5-2.1.

A-5-7.2 See A-5-2.1.

A-5-8.6 See A-5-2.1.

Hexane Hydrogen Chloride (gas) Methanol Methyl Chloride (gas) Nitrobenzene Sodium Hydroxide Sulfuric Acid Tetrachloroethylene Tetrahydrofuran Toluene

A-6-4.4.1(g) A Scott Air Pack 4.5 facepiece, model #804191-01, is available from Scott Aviation, 225 Erie Street, Lancaster NY 14086.

1036

Page 49: Report of the Committee emergency incident operations ... · Karen E. Strumlock, lntertek Testing Services, NY [RT] (Alt. to C. 1L Dodgen) Committee Scope: This Committee shall have

N F P A 1991 - - F99 R O P

A-6-8.5.13 One example of an appropriate analytical technique is NIOSH Method 6602, which uses a gas chromatograph equipped with an electron capture detector.

A-6-28.4.1 A TPP device meeting these requirements is available from Atlas Electric Devices Company, Fire Science Products, 4114 North Ravenswoord Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60613.

A-6-28.4.2 A combination total calorimeter/radiometer Model 64P-5-24 from Medtherm Corporation, P.O. Box 412, Huntsville, AL 35804 has been found satisfactory for this purpose.

black paint applied to the calorimeter's surface. The calorimeter's finished mass should be determined by subtracting the sensor's thermocouple wire mass from the sensor's total mass. This is accomplished by measuring the sensor's thermocouple wire lengths from their ends down to the calorimeter's back surface Then the total wire mass should be calculated based on the number of wires and their lengths. This value should then be subtracted from the total mass of the calorimeter assembly to obtain the finished mass. After the finished mass is determined, the data transfer wires should be securely reconnected and the sensor repositioned in its support board.

A-6-28.5.2.7.1 Copper Calorimeter Calibration Procedures. Calibration of the copper calorimeter is based on the following equation:

1 ~ ~ 4 . 8 1 4 - - ( {MC}over{KA _ } ) ~ ( dT over dt )

where: / i s the incident heat flux, W/cm ~, 4.184 is the conversion factor to W/cm ~ from cal/crn~/s, dT/dt is the rate of temperature rise for the calorimeter, and (MC/KA_) represents the calorimeter's physical constant, which

includes the variables A, ~ and .M

Appendix B Referenced Publications.

B-I.1 The following documents or portions thereof are referenced within this standard for informational purposes only and are thus not considered part of the requirements of this standard unless also listed in Chapter 7. The edition indicated here for each reference is the current edition as of the date of the NFPA issuance of this standard,

B-I.1 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101.

M is the finished mass (g) of the calorimeter, which includes the copper disk and flat black paint mass on the sensing surface minus the thermocouple mass. C is the heat capacity of pure copper, which is 0.0927 cal/g°C. K is the thermocouple conversion constant (0.053 mv/°C) for the Type J, Iron-Constantan thermocouple at an average test temperature of 65°c. A is the surface area (12.49 an ~) ~'or the calorimeter's front surface, which is exposed to the test heat flux. __ is the emissivity or absorptivity of the black paint used on the calorimeter's front surface, usually a walue not less than 0.95.

The physical constant used in calibration calculations with these sensors is sensitive to changes in mass and /o r emissivity values.

For the copper disk calorimeter used in the TPP test, the punched-out and drilled copper slug mass must be between 17.5 and 18.0 g to meet the temperature rise over 1O-second rate requirement-

The calorimeter's physical constant can be calculated based on the above discussion. Check the repaired calorimeter's performance by substituting it with the calibration calorime.~'%- After proving equivalence, the test calorimeter can be plaJ~I"J~ into service. ~.~.~_:..

Copper Calorimeter Repair Procedures. The copper disk c a n ~ removed from its support board and checked t o . . . ~ thermocouple-to-disk connections are secure. ~ 1~ ~ ~ connections should be repaired. To r e p a i r ~ s e col ls,.tl~.. ". thermocouple data transfer wire should b ~ ' i ~ v e d , " ~awrrg the short thermocouple wires extending f f ' 0 n i ' ~ e t mr's l~ck side. The sensing surface should be s m o o t h e d , ' ~ e . d , . ~ l repainted with a quality flat black paint of known L'~ ~t.v~,ty, hth a value of no less than 0.95. It may take two or three 1I ,~t ~:oats to completely and evenly cover the surface. After the p~ : has thoroughly dried, the finished calorimeter should be carefully weighed, and its total mass recorded to an accuracy of 0.01 g. The total mass should include the copper disk mass with the short thermocouple wires attached andalso includes the mass of flat

NFPA 1992, Standard on Liquid Splash-Pwtective Suits for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies, 1994 edition.

NFPA 1995, Standard o n Support Function Protective Clothing for Hazardous Chemical Operations, 1994 edition.

!1-1.2 Other

11-1.2.1 A Materials, 2959. •

~. American Sodety for Testing and Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-

~ualitativeO Evaluating the Comfort, "Chemical Protective Suit Ensembles, 1996.

A S T M a ~ I , "Standard Guide for Chemicals to Evaluate Protective Clothing ~ ~als~1993.

lieations. International Standards Organization, 1 Case Postale 56, CH-1211 Geneve 20, Switzerland.

9001, QualiO Systems ~ Model for Quality Assurance in Design, ent, Production, Installation, and Servicing.

ISO 9002, Quality Systems --Modolfor Quali 0 Assurance in Production, Installation, and Servicing.

ISO 9003,

ISO 9004,

B-1.2.$ U.S. Government Publication. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.

Title 91, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 7, Subpart C.

1037